2013 nissan juke manual.pdf english

347

Upload: quantum2601

Post on 18-Jul-2016

119 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

DESCRIPTION

Nissan Juke Manual.pdf

TRANSCRIPT

Black plate (3,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-8BD8A3A8-B294-458F-BC7B-E5197FB6203C

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSANowners. This vehicle is delivered to you withconfidence. It was produced using the latesttechniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles ofdriving pleasure. Please read through thismanual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletexplains details about the warranties cov-ering your vehicle. The NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide explains detailsabout maintaining and servicing your ve-hicle. Additionally, a separate CustomerCare/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’s lemonlaw.

In addition to factory installed options, yourvehicle may also be equipped with additionalaccessories installed by NISSAN or by yourNISSAN dealer prior to delivery. It is importantthat you familiarize yourself with all disclosures,warnings, cautions and instructions concerningproper use of such accessories prior to operat-ing the vehicle and/or accessory. See a NISSANdealer for details concerning the particular

accessories with which your vehicle isequipped.

Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best.When you require any service or have anyquestions, we will be glad to assist you with theextensive resources available to us.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYGUID-593C27AD-1D70-42A2-A596-16F117E6B870

Before driving your vehicle, read your Owner’sManual carefully. This will ensure familiarity withcontrols and maintenance requirements, assist-ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim-its and never drive too fast forconditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehiclefeatures or taking other actions that

could distract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts andappropriate child restraint systems.Pre-teen children should be seatedin the rear seat.

. ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safetyfeatures to all occupants of thevehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man-ual for important safety information.

On-pavement and off-road driv-ingThis vehicle will handle and maneuverdifferently from an ordinary passengercar because it has a higher center ofgravity. As with other vehicles with fea-tures of this type, failure to operate thisvehicle correctly may result in loss ofcontrol or an accident. Be sure to read“Avoiding collision and rollover” and“Driving safety precautions” in the “5.Starting and driving” section of thismanual.

Foreword

Condition:

Black plate (4,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI-CLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification may not be coveredunder NISSAN warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALGUID-95FC8501-974E-42A5-9BF3-8D0DF8D34DB7

This manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations inthis manual are those in effect at the time ofprinting. NISSAN reserves the right to changespecifications or design at any time withoutnotice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

GUID-CC41887D-89CD-4B21-B9F2-EBE20E28E403

You will see various symbols in this manual. Theyare used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death orserious personal injury. To avoid orreduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed care-fully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Do notdo this” or “Do not let this happen”.

NOS1274

If you see a symbol similar to those above in anillustration, it means the arrow points to the frontof the vehicle.

NOS1275

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to thoseabove indicate movement or action.

NOS1276

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those

Condition:

Black plate (5,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

above call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

GUID-A176B850-BEC6-448D-95ED-3CE2548EED0F

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-ents, and certain vehicle componentscontain or emit chemicals known to theState of California to cause cancer andbirth defects or other reproductiveharm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain productsof component wear contain or emitchemicals known to the State of Cali-fornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORY

GUID-F5F34C01-F9A4-4179-B302-7D5AC3FD83E7

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material - special handling maya p p l y , s e e w w w . d t s c . c a . g o v /hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

Bluetooth® is a trademark ownedby Bluetooth SIG, Inc., andlicensed to Visteon Corporation.SiriusXM Satellite Radio requiressubscription, sold separately.Not available in Alaska, Hawaii orGuam. For more information, visitwww.siriusxm.com.

*C 2012 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form, orby any means, electronic, mechanical, photo-copying, recording or otherwise, without theprior written permission of Nissan Motor Co.,Ltd.

Condition:

Black plate (6,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-7CE31796-E727-47BB-857D-7DEE3D3D183C

NISSAN CARES ...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer areour primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or youwould like to provide NISSAN directly withcomments or questions, please contact theNISSAN Consumer Affairs Department usingour toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask forthe following information:

. Your name, address, and telephone number

. Vehicle identification number (attached tothe top of the instrument panel on thedriver’s side)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your NISSAN dealer’s name

. Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. customersNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or

www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN andthank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CAREPROGRAM

Condition:

Black plate (2,1)

Black plate (1,1)

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]Condition:

Black plate (2,1)

Black plate (7,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) ............................................................................... 0-2Exterior front .................................................................................. 0-3Exterior rear ................................................................................... 0-4Passenger compartment ............................................................ 0-5Cockpit ........................................................................................... 0-6

Instrument panel .......................................................................... 0-7Meters and gauges ..................................................................... 0-8Engine compartment .................................................................. 0-9

MR16DDT engine ................................................................ 0-9Warning and indicator lights ................................................. 0-10

Condition:

Black plate (8,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-52AF6180-E2C9-4318-AF4E-9DE2FF882623

SSI0765

1. Rear head restraints (Page 1-4)

2. Child restraint anchor points (for top tether strapchild restraint) (P.1-31)

3. Front head restraints (P.1-4)

— Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-8)

4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplementalair bags (P.1-35)

5. Seat belts (P.1-9)

6. Front seats (P.1-3)

7. Supplemental front-impact air bags (P.1-35)

8. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-dren) system (P.1-19)

9. Rear seats (P.1-4)

— Child restraints (P.1-17)

10. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bags (P.1-35)

11. Seat belt with pretensioners (P.1-47)

12. Occupant classification sensors (weight sen-sors)

— Advanced Air Bag System (P.1-41)

13. Front passenger air bag status light (P.1-43)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS ANDSUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)

Condition:

Black plate (9,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-CFE71A9F-8404-4B1C-84DD-FF8048FB8B69

SSI0766

1. Hood (P.3-20)

2. Windshield wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-32)

— Blade replacement (P.8-17)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)

3. Parking lights, turn signal lights and front sidemarker lights

— Switch operation (P.2-35)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-27)

4. Moonroof* (P.2-47)

5. Side turn signal lights

— Switch operation (P.2-38)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)

6. Power windows (P.2-45)

7. Outside mirrors (P.3-25)

8. License plate installation (P.9-11)

9. Recovery hook (P.6-14)

10. Fog lights*

— Switch operation (P.2-38)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)

11. Headlights

— Switch operation (P.2-35)

— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)

12. Tires

— Wheels and tires (P.8-30, P.9-7)

— Flat tire (P.6-3)

— Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)(P.2-15, P.5-4)

13. Doors

— Keys (P.3-2)

— Door locks (P.3-4)

— Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-7)

— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11)

— Security system (P.2-29)

*: if so equipped

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT

Condition:

Black plate (10,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-CB027B35-0C4A-475A-B68D-3A7DA1020D00

SSI0767

1. Lift gate (P.3-21)

— Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11)

2. Rear window wiper and washer

— Switch operation (P.2-33)

— Window washer fluid (P.8-12)

3. High-mounted stop light (P.8-26)

4. Antenna (P.4-48)

— Satellite radio antenna* (P.4-20)

5. Rear window defroster (P.2-34)

6. Fuel-filler door

— Operation (P.3-21)

— Fuel recommendation (P.9-3)

7. Rearview camera* (P.4-8)

8. Rear combination lights

— Bulb replacement (P.8-28)

9. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-7)

*: if so equipped

EXTERIOR REAR

Condition:

Black plate (11,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-7405A9C6-9DB6-43D6-BB85-7D8784BD39F1

JVC0184X

1. Cargo area

— Cargo cover* (P.2-44)

— Cargo light (P.2-50, P.8-26)

2. Coat hook (P.2-43)

3. Sun visors (P.3-24)

4. Microphone (P.4-49)

5. Moonroof switch* (P.2-47)

6. Room light and map lights (P.2-49)

7. Inside rearview mirror (P.3-25)

8. Door armrest

— Power window switch (P.2-45)

— Power door lock switch (P.3-6)

*: if so equipped

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Condition:

Black plate (12,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-B18D921D-58BF-4EF2-ABA7-71D7C369DE14

SSI0769

1. Outside mirror remote control switch (P.3-25)

2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

— Headlight (P.2-35)

— Turn signal light (P.2-38)

— Fog light* (P.2-38)

3. Steering wheel

— Electric power steering system (P.5-37)

— Horn (P.2-38)

— Driver’s supplemental air bag (P.1-35)

4. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-32)

5. Selector lever or shift lever

— Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)(P.5-17)

— Manual Transmission (MT) (P.5-22)

6. Fuse box cover (P.8-21)

7. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch

(P.5-40)

8. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) switch* (P.5-32)

9. Tilting steering wheel lever (P.3-24)

10. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

— Audio control (P.4-47)

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-trol (P.4-49)

11. Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Keysystem) (P.5-10)

12. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

— Cruise control switches (P.5-29)

13. Heated seat switch* (P.2-39)

*: if so equipped

COCKPIT

Condition:

Black plate (13,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-E541DB03-EC76-48F2-8AC1-CDA28F389925

SSI0770

1. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)

2. Center ventilator (P.4-12)

3. Audio system* or Navigation system** (P.4-20)

— Clock* (P.2-40)

4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)

5. Integrated Control System* (P. 2-21)

— Clock (P.2-23)

— Drive mode (P.5-24)

— Heater and air conditioner control (P.4-13)

— Defroster switch (P.2-34)

5. Heater and air conditioner control (modelswithout Integrated Control System) (P.4-13)

— Defroster switch (P.2-34)

6. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-35)

7. Side ventilator (P.4-12)

8. Fuel-filler door release handle (P.3-21)

9. Hood release handle (P.3-20)

10. Push-button ignition switch (models with Intel-ligent Key system) (P.5-12)

11. AUX/USB connector* (P.4-24)

12. Parking brake (P.5-28)

13. Cup holder (P.2-42)

14. Power outlet (P.2-41)

15. Glove box (P.2-43)

*: if so equipped

**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual.

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Condition:

Black plate (14,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-ADD7704B-E089-476F-B602-46E63AF51822

SIC4601

1. Tachometer (P.2-8)

2. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-8)

3. Vehicle information display (P.2-9)

— Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6)

— Trip computer (P.2-10)

— Torque vectoring AWD (AWD model)(P.2-11)

— Outside air temperature (P.2-10)

4. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)

5. Speedometer (P.2-6)

6. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-12)

7. Instrument brightness control knob (P.2-37)

8. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-tion indicator* (P.2-10)

9. RESET switch for trip odometer (P.2-6)/Tripcomputer mode switch (P.2-10)

*: if so equipped

METERS AND GAUGES

Condition:

Black plate (15,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-8EBBE60D-ED28-4099-9931-95512256E0F1

SDI2639

MR16DDT ENGINEGUID-D335D9EC-1753-4C7F-815E-51D57D34351D

1. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-8)

2. Radiator filler cap (P.8-8)

— Vehicle overheat (P.6-10)

3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-11)

4. Air cleaner (P.8-16)

5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-12)

6. Engine drive belt location (P.8-15)

7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-8)

8. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)

9. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-19)

10. Battery (P.8-13)

— Jump starting (P.6-8)

*: for Manual Transmission (MT) models

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Condition:

Black plate (16,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

GUID-56F49709-8C97-4624-BC9E-EFFB2D8B65F4

Warninglight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (yellow) (AWD model)

2-13

Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

2-13

Brake warning light 2-13

Charge warning light 2-14

Door open warning light 2-14

Electric power steering warninglight

2-14

Engine oil pressure warninglight

2-14

Intelligent Key system warninglight*

2-14

Low fuel warning light 2-15

Low tire pressure warning light 2-15

Low washer fluid warning light* 2-16

P position selecting warninglight*

2-16

Seat belt warning light 2-16

Supplemental air bag warninglight

2-17

Warninglight

Name Page

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

2-17

Indicatorlight

Name Page

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) indica-tor light (green) (AWD model)

2-17

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)-V indi-cator light (green) (AWD model)

2-17

Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) indicator light*

2-17

Cruise indicator light 2-18

Engine start operation indicatorlight*

2-18

Exterior light indicator 2-18

Front passenger air bag statuslight

2-18

High beam indicator light 2-18

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

2-18

Security indicator light 2-19

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

2-19

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

2-19

*: if so equipped

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Condition:

Black plate (17,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats ............................................................................................... 1-2Front seats ............................................................................... 1-3Rear seats ................................................................................ 1-4Head restraints ....................................................................... 1-4

Seat belts ....................................................................................... 1-9Precautions on seat belt usage .......................................... 1-9Pregnant women ................................................................. 1-11Injured persons .................................................................... 1-11Three-point type seat belt ................................................. 1-11Seat belt extenders ............................................................. 1-14Seat belt maintenance ....................................................... 1-14

Child safety ................................................................................. 1-15Infants ..................................................................................... 1-16Small children ....................................................................... 1-16Larger children ..................................................................... 1-16

Child restraints ........................................................................... 1-17Precautions on child restraints ........................................ 1-17Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH) ................................................................. 1-19Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ........................................................................ 1-21

Rear-facing child restraint installation using theseat belts ............................................................................. 1-23Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH ...................................................................... 1-26Forward-facing child restraint installation using theseat belts ............................................................................. 1-27Installing top tether strap ................................................ 1-31Booster seats ..................................................................... 1-31

Supplemental restraint system .............................................. 1-35Precautions on supplemental restraint system .......... 1-35NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats) ........................................................................ 1-41Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag systems ....................................... 1-46Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats) ................ 1-47Supplemental air bag warning labels .......................... 1-49Supplemental air bag warning light ............................. 1-49Repair and replacement procedure ............................. 1-50

Condition:

Black plate (18,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

GUID-9968A6D7-C7DB-4923-8D40-B68E132879F1

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other seriousinjuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sit

well back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seatproperly. See “Precautions on seatbelt usage” (P.1-9).

. After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

. The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seat-back is reclined, the risk of slidingunder the lap belt and being injuredis increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damage.

SEATS

Condition:

Black plate (19,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS0792

FRONT SEATSGUID-55B40E63-3184-4977-9580-6F5DF10262BF

Front manual seat adjustmentGUID-5F8B59F4-CE83-4388-A330-B31F2E8A1C04

Forward and backward:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Pull the lever*1 up and hold it while you slidethe seat forward or backward to the desiredposition. Release the lever to lock the seat inposition.

Reclining:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

To recline the seatback, pull the lever*2 up andlean back. To bring the seatback forward, pullthe lever up and lean your body forward. Releasethe lever to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the

seatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. (See “Precautions on seat belt usage”(P.1-9).) Also, the seatback can be reclined toallow occupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped and the transmission is in the P (Park)position or N (Neutral) position with the parkingbrake fully applied.

SSS1129

Seat lifter (for driver’s seat):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired positionis achieved.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Condition:

Black plate (20,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS1142

REAR SEATSGUID-2FD3862E-47A4-488D-87D0-EC77846BDDE4

FoldingGUID-93DCD3BA-E481-4D39-82ED-FEB595DFCE01

Before folding the rear seats:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks onthe side wall. (See “Seat belt hooks” (P.1-14).)

To fold the seatback, pull the adjusting knob*1 .

To return the seatback to the seating position, liftup each seatback and push it to the uprightposition until it is latched.

CAUTION

When folding or returning theseatback(s) to the upright position, toavoid injury to yourself and others:

. Make sure that the seat path is clearbefore moving the seat.

WARNING

. Do not fold down the rear seatswhen occupants are in the rear seatarea or any objects are on the rearseats.

. Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seatswhen they are in the fold-downposition. Use of these areas bypassengers without proper re-straints could result in serious injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personal

injury.

. When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

HEAD RESTRAINTSGUID-8F6B0940-703A-44EA-9F15-263BA73C554F

WARNING

Head restraints supplement the othervehicle safety systems. They may pro-vide additional protection against injuryin certain rear end collisions. Adjust thehead restraints properly, as specified inthis section. Check the adjustment aftersomeone else uses the seat. Do notattach anything to the head restraintstalks or remove the head restraint. Donot use the seat if the head restrainthas been removed. If the head restraintwas removed, reinstall and properlyadjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.Failure to follow these instructionscan reduce the effectiveness of thehead restraints. This may increase the

Condition:

Black plate (21,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

risk of serious injury or death in acollision.

JVR0051X

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints. The head re-straints are adjustable. The front head restraintshave multiple adjustment notches. The rear headrestraints have one adjustment notch.

Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a head restraint.

+ Indicates the seating position is not equippedwith a head restraint or adjustable headrest.

SSS0992

Components.GUID-DA49A6E4-F1AC-4350-AD51-CAB31A2EB702

1. Head restraint (front shown)

2. Adjustment notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

Condition:

Black plate (22,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0997

AdjustmentGUID-EB8890F9-0620-49ED-A2CF-1AABFBA6A9FA

Adjust the head restraint so the center is levelwith the center of your ears.

SSS0993

To raise the head restraint, pull it up.

SSS0994

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint down.

Condition:

Black plate (23,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS0995

RemovalGUID-DF75CB90-1E53-47F8-83F0-888DDA65151F

Use the following procedure to remove theadjustable head restraints.

1. Pull the head restraint up to the highestposition.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint properly in a secureplace so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint before an occupant uses theseating position.

The front head restraints have multiple adjust-

ment notches. The rear head restraints have oneadjustment notch.

SSS0996

InstallGUID-C3856631-8898-412D-B440-8420406175F0

1. Align the head restraint stalks with the holesin the seat. Make sure that the head restraintis facing the correct direction. The stalk withthe adjustment notches *1 must be in-stalled in the hole with the lock knob*2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint before anoccupant uses the seating position.

The front head restraints have multiple adjust-ment notches. The rear head restraints have oneadjustment notch.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

Condition:

Black plate (24,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0508

Front-seat Active Head RestraintsGUID-387F51B4-7CEA-4F79-A0BF-23E93E24350D

The Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback receivesfrom the occupant in a rear-end collision. Themovement of the head restraint helps supportthe occupant’s head by reducing its backwardmovement and helping absorb some of theforces that may lead to whiplash-type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective for colli-sions at low to medium speeds in which it is saidthat whiplash injury occurs most.

Active Head Restraints operate only in certainrear-end collisions. After the collision, the headrestraints return to their original positions.

The front head restraints have multiple adjust-ment notches.

Properly adjust the Active Head Restraints asdescribed in this section.

Condition:

Black plate (25,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-92182A0D-FB70-4BA9-81E5-FB1DCE59F1D2

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

GUID-E275423E-F1F3-4DC0-BFA1-B05D62DB881D

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor, yourchances of being injured or killed in an accidentand/or the severity of injury may be greatlyreduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you andall of your passengers to buckle up every timeyou drive, even if your seating position includes asupplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SSS0136

SSS0134

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

SEAT BELTS

Condition:

Black plate (26,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0016

SSS0014

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be prop-erly restrained in the rear seat and,if appropriate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properlyadjusted to a snug fit. Failure to doso may reduce the effectiveness ofthe entire restraint system and in-crease the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident. Serious injuryor death can occur if the seat belt isnot worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across yourchest. Never put the belt behindyour back, under your arm or acrossyour neck. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low andsnug as possible AROUND THEHIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap beltworn too high could increase therisk of internal injuries in an acci-dent.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue issecurely fastened to the properbuckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

. Do not allow more than one personto use the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in thevehicle than there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may in-dicate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

. No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, donot modify the seat belt, add mate-rial, or install devices that maychange the seat belt routing ortension. Doing so may affect theoperation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with theseat belt system may result inserious personal injury.

Condition:

Black plate (27,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. See a NISSAN dealer.

. Removal and installation of thepretensioner system componentsshould be done by a NISSAN dealer.

. All seat belt assemblies, includingretractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion by a NISSAN dealer. NISSANrecommends that all seat belt as-semblies in use during a collision bereplaced unless the collision wasminor and the belts show no da-mage and continue to operate prop-erly. Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

. All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow therestraint manufacturer’s inspectioninstructions and replacement re-commendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they are

damaged.

PREGNANT WOMENGUID-DE7C6527-7C0B-46D7-8BFB-6F6024B255C2

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women useseat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,and always position the lap belt as low aspossible around the hips, not the waist. Placethe shoulder belt over your shoulder and acrossyour chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt overyour abdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSGUID-466EC31A-8F1E-42C5-9CEC-DA817E973D99

NISSAN recommends that injured persons useseat belts, depending on the injury. Check withyour doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTGUID-944271FB-5AEB-40D3-8EEE-0CE619EC4E2F

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

. Do not ride in a moving vehiclewhen the seatback is reclined. Thiscan be dangerous. The shoulder beltwill not be against your body. In anaccident, you could be thrown into itand receive neck or other serious

injuries. You could also slide underthe lap belt and receive seriousinternal injuries.

. For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back in the seat with both feeton the floor and adjust the seat beltproperly.

. Do not allow children to play withthe seat belts. Most seating posi-tions are equipped with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode seatbelts. If the seat belt becomeswrapped around a child’s neck withthe ALR mode activated, the childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if thevehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seatbelt to release the child. If the seatbelt can not be unbuckled or isalready unbuckled, release the childby cutting the seat belt with asuitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

Condition:

Black plate (28,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Fastening the seat beltsGUID-7A8EC8B3-4437-4D52-96D2-2DBE6487FB7F

1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).)

SSS0292

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractorand insert the tongue into the buckle untilyou hear and feel the latch engage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Thensmoothly pull the belt out of theretractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack. Be sure theshoulder belt is routed over your shoulderand across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions three-point seat belts have two modesof operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modeallows the seat belt to extend and retract toallow the driver and passengers some freedom

Condition:

Black plate (29,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seatbelt when the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt forchild restraint installation.

When ALR mode is activated the seat beltcannot be extended again until the seat belttongue is detached from the buckle and fullyretracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR modeafter the seat belt fully retracts. For additionalinformation, see “Child restraints” (P.1-17).

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, becertain that seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passengersmay be injured in an accident or suddenstop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsGUID-21635C9C-442A-4A4D-8DCA-98795E92F33C

To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on thebuckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

SSS0351A

Shoulder belt height adjustment (for frontseats)

GUID-478EB067-D69E-4F21-BFBD-D64BA56897AA

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-9).)

To adjust, pull the adjustment button *1 , andthen move the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position *2 , so that the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but not fallingoff of your shoulder. Release the adjustmentbutton to lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

Condition:

Black plate (30,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING

. After adjustment, release the ad-justment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and downto make sure it is securely fixed inposition.

. The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident.

SSS1138

Seat belt hooksGUID-25E8B927-5072-4F1F-985C-684D7331B3AE

When the rear seat belts are not in use andwhen folding down the rear seats, hook the rearseat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSGUID-C84947AA-EF54-4D80-9A01-8CBD06A2F683

If, because of body size or driving position, it isnot possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder beltand fasten it, an extender that is compatible withthe installed seat belts is available that can bepurchased. The extender adds approximately 8in (200 mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seating position.See a NISSAN dealer for assistance withpurchasing an extender if an extender is

required.

WARNING

. Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personalinjury in the event of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders toinstall child restraints. If the childrestraint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured in acollision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCEGUID-23302E97-1D07-46E8-ABD5-3B61EAC1F2CD

. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply amild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are completelydry.

Condition:

Black plate (31,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulderbelt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wiresand anchors, work properly. If loose parts,deterioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat beltassembly should be replaced.

GUID-A4C6877D-9DF5-415A-A5C7-07A9C54DD3ED

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If theseat belt becomes wrapped around achild’s neck with the ALR mode acti-vated, the child can be seriously injuredor killed if the seat belt retracts andbecomes tight. This can occur even ifthe vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seatbelt to release the child. If the seat beltcan not be unbuckled or is alreadyunbuckled, release the child by cuttingthe seat belt with a suitable tool (suchas a knife or scissors) to release theseat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is available frommany other sources, including doctors, teachers,government traffic safety offices, and communityorganizations. Every child is different, so be sureto learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraint

systems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Forward-facing child restraint

. Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.Generally, infants up to about 1 year and lessthan 20 lbs (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing childrestraints are available for children who outgrowrear-facing child restraints and are at least 1year old. Booster seats are used to help positiona vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle’s seat belts may notfit them properly. The shoulder belt maycome too close to the face or neck. Thelap belt may not fit over their small hipbones. In an accident, an improperlyfitting seat belt could cause serious orfatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. See

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

CHILD SAFETY

Condition:

Black plate (32,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

“Child restraints” (P.1-17).

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicleby using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor andTethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicleseat belt. See “Child restraints” (P.1-17) formore information.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”(P.1-35).

INFANTSGUID-8A5C1EF8-1BA0-4BB0-A11B-F37E77F6BF17

Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placedin a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recom-mends that infants be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. You should choose a child restraintthat fits your vehicle and always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

SMALL CHILDRENGUID-D785B1AD-5D38-4B06-AE49-C96B27E8DCD7

Children that are over 1 year old and weigh atleast 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facingchild restraint as long as possible up to theheight or weight limit of the child restraint.Children who outgrow the height or weight limitof the rear-facing child restraint and are at least1 year old should be secured in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness. Refer to themanufacturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommendations.NISSAN recommends that small children beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fits yourvehicle and always follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENGUID-030EE564-4BBD-41E6-9417-5A670B31A472

Children should remain in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness until they reach themaximum height or weight limit allowed by thechild restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weight limitof the harness-equipped forward-facing childrestraint, NISSAN recommends that the child beplaced in a commercially available booster seatto obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fitproperly, the booster seat should raise the child

so that the shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle portion ofthe shoulder. The shoulder belt should not crossthe neck or face and should not fall off theshoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly acrossthe lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen.

A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seat belt.The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.Once the child has grown so the shoulder beltis no longer on or near the face and neck, andthe lap belt can be positioned properly acrossthe lower hips or upper thighs, use the seat beltwithout the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision.

Condition:

Black plate (33,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-7672D8BA-E29A-4C58-83AE-0653310C8FC6

SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

GUID-2BF5FE0F-66AD-49C9-B7A3-146AA7325E56

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and in-stallation of child restraints couldresult in serious injury or death of achild or other passengers in asudden stop or collision:

— The child restraint must be usedand installed properly. Alwaysfollow all of the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions forinstallation and use.

— Infants and children shouldnever be held on anyone’s lap.Even the strongest adult cannotresist the forces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt aroundboth a child and another pas-senger.

— NISSAN recommends that allchild restraints be installed inthe rear seat. Studies show thatchildren are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than

in the front seat. If you mustinstall a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, see“Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts”(P.1-27).

— Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating air bagcould seriously injure or kill achild. A rear-facing child re-straint must only be used in therear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a childrestraint that will fit the childand vehicle. Some child re-straints may not fit properly inyour vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loadsfrom child restraints that areproperly fitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

CHILD RESTRAINTS

Condition:

Black plate (34,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

— Keep seatbacks as upright aspossible after fitting the childrestraint.

— Infants and children should al-ways be placed in an appropri-ate child restraint while in thevehicle.

. When the child restraint is not inuse, keep it secured with the LATCHsystem or a seat belt. In a suddenstop or collision, loose objects caninjure occupants or damage thevehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-dren) system. Some child restraints include rigidor webbing-mounted attachments that can beconnected to these anchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren System (LATCH)” (P.1-19).

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints forinfants and small children of various sizes. Whenselecting any child restraint, keep the followingpoints in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a label certifyingthat it complies with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standard 213 or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child’s height and weight.Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing childrestraints be secured to the designated

anchor point on the vehicle.

Condition:

Black plate (35,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS0801

LATCH label location

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH)

GUID-2807D3F6-3A38-45CC-A1BE-B15780CFBA55

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with the LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren) systemcompatible child restraints. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you do nothave to use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint.

LATCH lower anchorGUID-F93DACD7-6DAD-48FB-B98D-5CC50442F57A

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:

. Attach LATCH system compatiblechild restraints only at the locationsshown in the illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position usingthe LATCH lower anchors. The childrestraint will not be secured prop-erly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the loweranchor area. Feel to make surethere are no obstructions over theanchors such as seat belt webbingor seat cushion material. The childrestraint will not be secured prop-erly if the lower anchors are ob-structed.

SSS0637

LATCH lower anchor location

LATCH lower anchor locationGUID-314DDADE-62FA-4785-9B6C-1D828EF69E8F

The LATCH anchors are located at the rear ofthe seat cushion near the seatback. A label isattached to the seatback to help you locate theLATCH anchors.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

Condition:

Black plate (36,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH loweranchor attachments

GUID-4EFA1AAF-57A0-4B14-A569-0E96210E7D64

LATCH compatible child restraints include tworigid or webbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to two anchors located at certainseating positions in your vehicle. With thissystem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint. Check yourchild restraint for a label stating that it iscompatible with LATCH. This information mayalso be in the instructions provided by the childrestraint manufacturer.

SSS0644

LATCH rigid attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefully readand follow the instructions in this manual andthose supplied with the child restraint.

Top tether anchorGUID-4D667252-E94B-46E4-ADC9-149C6C62D735

WARNING

. If the cargo cover (if so equipped)contacts the top tether strap when itis attached to the top tether anchor,remove the cargo cover from thevehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment location.If the cargo cover is not removed, it

may damage the top tether strapduring a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint toptether strap is damaged.

. Do not allow cargo to contact thetop tether strap when it is attachedto the top tether anchor. Properlysecure the cargo so it does notcontact the top tether strap. Cargothat is not properly secured or cargothat contacts the top tether strapmay damage the top tether strapduring a collision. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the child restraint toptether strap is damaged.

Condition:

Black plate (37,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS1136

Top tether anchor point locationsGUID-736E1361-7B47-4C6A-81AB-E737B204EE42

Anchor points are located on the back side ofthe seatbacks.

The child restraint top tether strap must be usedwhen installing child restraints with the LATCHlower anchor attachments or seat belts.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap child restraint on the rearseat, consult a NISSAN dealer for details.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING LATCH

GUID-08EF5DE6-11DF-49EE-85BC-ACD4FAC67524

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” and “Child restraints” sections beforeinstalling a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

SSS0648

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

Condition:

Black plate (38,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0649

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourhand to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

SSS0650

Rear-facing — step 4

4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the LATCH attachment path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCHattachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint or tryinstalling by using the vehicle seat belt (ifapplicable). Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

Condition:

Black plate (39,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

SSS0100

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

GUID-88506413-4105-490D-9F68-4682274FA11D

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will resultin the child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front passen-

ger air bag and status light” (P.1-43).

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

Condition:

Black plate (40,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0100

Rear-facing — step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” (P.1-15) and “Child restraints” (P.1-17)before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing childrestraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rearseats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

SSS0654

Rear-facing — step 2

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

SSS0655

Rear-facing — step 3

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to theEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

Condition:

Black plate (41,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS0656

Rear-facing — step 4

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0657

Rear-facing — step 5

5. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatback whilepulling up on the seat belt.

SSS0658

Rear-facing — step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the seat belt path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure, tightenthe seat belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

Condition:

Black plate (42,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraintmode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCH

GUID-3E6F0E65-F435-4645-B38E-9EE9239F0DF8

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” and “Child restraints” sections beforeinstalling a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

SSS0645

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint. See “Installing top tether strap” (P.1-31). Do not install child restraints thatrequire the use of a top tether strap inseating positions that do not have a toptether anchor.

SSS0646

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct child restraintfit. If the head restraint is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the child restraintis removed. See “Head restraints” (P.1-4)for head restraint adjustment information.

If the seating position does not have a headrestraint and it is interfering with the properchild restraint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.

Condition:

Black plate (43,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 4

4. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, remove anyadditional slack from the anchor attach-ments. Press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

SSS0638

Forward-facing — step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the LATCH attachment path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1 inch(25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug itforward and check to see if the LATCHattachment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the restraintin another seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Not allchild restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 6.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE-STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THESEAT BELTS

GUID-810B4D72-35F4-4DCB-9430-D7CED8049F7A

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will resultin the child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. See “Front passen-ger air bag and status light” (P.1-43).

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

Condition:

Black plate (44,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety” and “Child restraints” sections beforeinstalling a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belt in therear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct child restraintfit. If the head restraint is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the child restraintis removed. See “Head restraints” (P.1-4)for head restraint adjustment, removal andinstallation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is interferingwith the proper child restraint fit, try anotherseating position or a different child restraint.

SSS0360B

Forward-facing — step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the childrestraint and insert it into the buckle until youhear and feel the latch engage. Be sure tofollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strap andsecure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint (rear seat installation only). See“Installing top tether strap” (P.1-31). Donot install child restraints that require theuse of a top tether strap in seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.

Condition:

Black plate (45,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS0651

Forward-facing — step 4

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt retractoris in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode). It reverts toEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR) modewhen the seat belt is fully retracted.

SSS0652

Forward-facing — step 5

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on theshoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0653

Forward-facing — step 6

6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmly inthe center of the child restraint with yourknee to compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to remove anyslack.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29

Condition:

Black plate (46,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0641

Forward-facing — step 8

8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push it fromside to side while holding the child restraintnear the seat belt path. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure, tightenthe seat belt as necessary, or put therestraint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If the

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

SSS1135

Forward-facing — step 10

10. If the child restraint is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light should illuminate. If this lightis not illuminated, see “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-43). Move thechild restraint to another seating posi-tion. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

After the child restraint is removed and the seatbelt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

Condition:

Black plate (47,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS1136

INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAPGUID-B9FC0520-549B-4D5E-AD49-35B6C24692DC

First, secure the child restraint with the LATCHlower anchors (rear outboard seat positionsonly) or the seat belt, as applicable.

1. Flip up the anchor cover from the anchorpoint which is located on the back side ofthe seatbacks.

2. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint to position the top tether strap overthe top of the seatback. If the head restraintis removed, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraint when thechild restraint is removed.

See “Head restraints” (P.1-4) for head

restraint adjustment, removal and installationinformation.

Position the top tether strap over the top ofthe seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchorpoint on the rear parcel shelf.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in this sectionbefore tightening the tether strap.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, consult your NISSANdealer for details.

BOOSTER SEATSGUID-02E9F434-E93D-4357-BF31-F58FF6ECEB4E

Precautions on booster seatsGUID-F7D574CF-8092-46BB-BEA7-9C9940006051

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a sudden stop or collisiongreatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion ofthe belt is away from the child’s faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

. A booster seat must only be in-stalled in a seating position that hasa lap/shoulder belt.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31

Condition:

Black plate (48,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat *1 is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat*2 should be used.

. If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible withyour child. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

LRS0464

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply to boosterseat installation in the rear seats or the frontpassenger seat.

Booster seat installationGUID-2CA86AE9-3DDF-4317-B90D-DBF462A87E57

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode

Condition:

Black plate (49,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

when using a booster seat with the seatbelts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Childsafety”, “Child restraints” and “Booster seats”sections earlier in this section before installing achild restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in therear seat or in the front passenger seat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Onlyplace it in a forward-facing direction. Alwaysfollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

LRS0454

Front passenger position

3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct booster seatfit. If the head restraint is removed, store it ina secure place. Be sure to reinstall thehead restraint when the booster seat isremoved. See “Head restraints” (P.1-4) forhead restraint adjustment, removal andinstallation information.

If the seating position does not have a headrestraint and it is interfering with the properbooster seat fit, try another seating positionor a different booster seat.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33

Condition:

Black plate (50,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt lowand snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belttoward the retractor to take up extra slack.Be sure the shoulder belt is positionedacross the top, middle portion of the child’sshoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instruc-tions for properly fastening a seat beltshown in “Seat belts” (P.1-9).

SSS1135

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switch inthe ON position. The front passenger air bagstatus light may or may not illuminatedepending on the size of the child and thetype of booster seat used. See “Frontpassenger air bag and status light” (P.1-43).

Condition:

Black plate (51,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-B8F4ACA4-09C4-462A-BBBB-EAE8BBDDC5FD

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

GUID-EA713CFC-B616-4B8D-943D-F58CE67B3A68

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important information concern-ing the following systems:

. Driver and passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air BagSystem)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the head andchest of the driver and front passenger in certainfrontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the chest and pelvicarea of the driver and front passenger in certainside impact collisions. The side air bag isdesigned to inflate on the side where the vehicleis impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system can helpcushion the impact force to the head of

occupants in front and rear outboard seatingpositions in certain side impact collisions. Thecurtain air bags are designed to inflate on theside where the vehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-signed to supplement the crash protectionprovided by the driver and passenger seat beltsand are not a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance away fromthe steering wheel, instrument panel and doorfinishers. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-9) for instruc-tions and precautions on seat belt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After the ignition is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (52,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0131

SSS0132

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower se-verity frontal collision. Always wearyour seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bagstatus light is lit or if the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-43).

. The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor. Thefront air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you areunrestrained, leaning forward, sit-ting sideways or out of position inany way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You mayalso receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the front air bag if you are upagainst it when it inflates. Always sit

Condition:

Black plate (53,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

back against the seatback and asfar-away as practical from the steer-ing wheel or instrument panel. Al-ways use the seat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped withsensors that detect if the seat beltsare fastened. The Advanced Air BagSystem monitors the severity of acollision and seat belt usage theninflates the air bags. Failure toproperly wear seat belts can in-crease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

. The front passenger seat isequipped with occupant classifica-tion sensors (weight sensors) thatturn the front passenger air bagOFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat.Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-43).

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could in-crease the risk that they are injured

if the front air bag inflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37

Condition:

Black plate (54,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Someexamples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, sideair bags or curtain air bags inflate ifthey are not properly restrained.Pre-teens and children should beproperly restrained in the rear seat,if possible.

. Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating front air bag couldseriously injure or kill your child.See “Child restraints” (P.1-17) fordetails.

Condition:

Black plate (55,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS0059A

Do not lean against doors or windows.

SSS0188A

SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags and roof-mountedcurtain side-impact supplemental airbags:

. The side air bags and curtain airbags ordinarily will not inflate in theevent of a frontal impact, rear im-pact, rollover or lower severity sidecollision. Always wear your seatbelts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39

Condition:

Black plate (56,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

. The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat. The side air bagand curtain air bag inflate with greatforce. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the sideair bag on the side of the seatbackof the front seat or near the sideroof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rearoutboard seats to extend their handout of the window or lean againstthe door. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shownin the previous illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly re-strained. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere withside air bag inflation.

Condition:

Black plate (57,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS1131

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag modules

4. Occupant classification sensors (weight sen-sors)

5. Occupant classification system control unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplementalair bags modules

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplementalair bag inflators

8. Seat belt with pretensioners

9. Satellite sensors

10. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

GUID-399F40E1-D7B8-4A1F-977C-DC879EC84353

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of thepassenger’s advanced air bag system,please observe the following items.

. Do not allow a passenger in the rearseat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket.

. Do not place heavy loads heavierthan 9 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,head restraint or in the seatbackpocket.

. Do not store luggage behind theseat that can press into the seat-back.

. Confirm the operating conditionwith the front passenger air bagstatus light.

. If you notice that the front passen-ger air bag status light is notoperating, please take your vehicleto your NISSAN dealer to check theoccupant classification system.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41

Condition:

Black plate (58,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

. Until you have confirmed with yourdealer that your passenger seatoccupant classification system isworking properly, position the occu-pants in the rear seating positions.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is designedto meet certification requirements under U.S.regulations. It is also permitted in Canada.However, all of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag islocated in the center of the steering wheel. Thepassenger supplemental front-impact air bag ismounted in the instrument panel above the glovebox. The front air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higher severityfrontal impact. They may not inflate in certainfrontal collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper front air bagoperation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage air bag inflators. The system monitorsinformation from the Air bag Control Unit (ACU),

seat belt buckle sensors and the occupantclassification sensors (weight sensors). Inflatoroperation is based on the severity of a collisionand seat belt usage for the driver. For the frontpassenger, the occupant classification sensorsare also monitored. Based on information fromthe sensors, only one front air bag may inflate ina crash, depending on the crash severity andwhether the front occupants are belted orunbelted. Additionally, the front passenger airbag may be automatically turned OFF undersome conditions, depending on the informationprovided by the occupant classification sensors.If the front passenger air bag is OFF, thepassenger air bag status light will be illuminated(if the seat is unoccupied, the light will not beilluminated, but the air bag will be off). (See“Front passenger air bag and status light” (P.1-43) for further details.) One front air bag inflatingdoes not indicate improper performance of thesystem.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer. Ifyou are considering modification of your vehicledue to a disability, you may also contactNISSAN. Contact information is contained inthe front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noisemay be heard, followed by release of smoke.This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate

a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the headand chest of the front occupants. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. However,an inflating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bags donot provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far as practicalaway from the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. The front air bags inflate quickly in orderto help protect the front occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the front air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant is tooclose to, or is against, the air bag module duringinflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After the ignition is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the system is operational.

Condition:

Black plate (59,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS1135

Front passenger air bag status light

Front passenger air bag and status lightGUID-17DAF325-D45A-49D0-8D06-64EE76227885

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designedto automatically turn OFF under someconditions. Read this section carefullyto learn how it operates. Proper use ofthe seat, seat belt and child restraints isnecessary for most effective protection.Failure to follow all instructions in thismanual concerning the use of seats,seat belts and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury in

an accident.

Status light:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The front passenger air bag status light islocated on the instrument panel. After theignition switch is placed in the "ON" position,the front passenger air bag status light illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off orilluminates depending on the front passengerseat occupied status. The light operates asfollows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: The lightis OFF and the front passenger air bag isOFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger’s seat occupied by a small adult,child or child restraint as outlined in thissection: The light illuminates to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is OFF andwill not inflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the passen-ger meets the conditions outlined in thissection: The light is OFF to indicatethat the front passenger air bag is opera-tional.

Front passenger air bag:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as described

below as permitted by U.S. regulations. If thefront passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflatein a crash. The driver air bag and other air bagsin your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reducethe risk of injury or death from an inflating air bagto certain front passenger seat occupants, suchas children, by requiring the air bag to beautomatically turned OFF.

The occupant classification sensors (weightsensors) are on the seat cushion frame underthe front passenger seat and are designed todetect an occupant and objects on the seat. Forexample, if a child is in the front passenger seat,the Advanced Air Bag System is designed toturn the passenger air bag OFF in accordancewith the regulations. Also, if a child restraint ofthe type specified in the regulations is on theseat, the occupant classification sensors candetect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who areproperly seated and using the seat belt asoutlined in this manual should not cause thepassenger air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF,however, if the occupant does not sit in the seatproperly (for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwisebeing out of position), this could cause the

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43

Condition:

Black plate (60,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

sensors to turn the air bag OFF. Always be sureto be seated and wearing the seat belt properlyfor the most effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.NISSAN also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be properlyinstalled in a rear seat. If this is not possible, theoccupant classification sensors are designed tooperate as described above to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF for specified childrestraints. Failing to properly secure childrestrains and to use the Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode)may allow the restraint to tip or move in anaccident or sudden stop. This can also result inthe passenger air bag inflating in a crash insteadof being OFF. (See “Child restraints” (P.1-17)for proper use and installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, thepassenger air bag is designed not to inflate in acrash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, because ofthe object being detected by the occupantclassification sensors. Other conditions couldalso result in air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children are on theseat, contrary to the instructions in this manual.Always be sure that you and all vehicle

occupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you canmonitor when the front passenger air bag isautomatically turned OFF with the seat occu-pied. The light will not illuminate when the frontpassenger seat is unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illuminated(indicating that the air bag is OFF), it could bethat the person is a small adult, or is not sittingon the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat,the passenger air bag status light may or maynot be illuminated, depending on the size of thechild and the type of child restraint being used. Ifthe air bag status light is not illuminated(indicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraint or seatbelt is not being used properly. Make sure thatthe child restraint is installed properly, the seatbelt is used properly and the occupant ispositioned properly. If the air bag status light isnot illuminated, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that the childrestraint, the seat belts and the occupant areproperly positioned, the system may be sensingan unoccupied seat (in which case the air bag is

OFF). Your NISSAN dealer can check that thesystem is OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your dealer thatyour air bag is working properly, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The air bag system and passenger air bag statuslight will take a few seconds to register a changein the passenger seat status. However, if theseat becomes unoccupied, the air bag statuslight will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger airbag system, the supplemental air bag warninglight , located in the meter and gauges area,will blink. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

GUID-C22E4C29-76B9-4027-AA1D-96CEE009338F

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bags inflate.

Condition:

Black plate (61,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

. Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do notplace heavy objects on the seat thatwill leave permanent impressions inthe seat. Such objects can damagethe seat or occupant classificationsensors (weight sensors). This canaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat.This can damage the seat or occu-pant classification sensors. This canalso affect the operation of the airbag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; youmay severely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the supplemental air bag system.This is to prevent accidental infla-tion of the supplemental air bag ordamage to the supplemental air bagsystem.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the front air bag sys-tem.

. Tampering with the front air bagsystem may result in serious perso-nal injury. Tampering includeschanges to the steering wheel andthe instrument panel assembly byplacing material over the steeringwheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect the func-tion of the air bag system and resultin serious personal injury.

. Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For exam-ple, do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim ma-terial, such as seat covers, on theseat that is not specifically designedto assure proper air bag operation.Additionally, do not stow any ob-

jects under the front passenger seator the seat cushion and seatback.Such objects may interfere with theproper operation of the occupantclassification sensors.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the seat belt system. This mayaffect the front air bag system.Tampering with the seat belt systemmay result in serious personal in-jury.

. Work on and around the front airbag system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. TheSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) wiring harnesses* should notbe modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should bereplaced immediately by a qualifiedrepair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45

Condition:

Black plate (62,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the front air bag systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

SSS0978

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYS-TEMS

GUID-AFC089FF-C2BE-4725-8D68-1254F9F7376F

The side air bags are located in the outside ofthe seatback of the front seats. The curtain airbags are located in the side roof rails. Thesesystems are designed to meet voluntary guide-lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.The side air bags and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate in higher severity side

collisions, although they may inflate if the forcesin another type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity side impact. They are designedto inflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certain sidecollisions on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtain airbag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followedby release of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chestand pelvic area of the front occupants. Curtainair bags help to cushion the impact force to thehead of occupants in the front and rear outboardseating positions. They can help save lives andreduce serious injuries. However, side air bagsand curtain air bags may cause abrasions orother injuries. Side air bags and curtain air bagsdo not provide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as far as

Condition:

Black plate (63,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

practical away from the side air bags. Rear seatpassengers should be seated as far away aspractical from the door finishers and side roofrails. The side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect theoccupants in the outboard seating positions.Because of this, the force of the side air bagsand curtain air bags inflating can increase therisk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, these air bag modules during inflation.The side air bags and curtain air bags will remaininflated for a short period of time.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the systems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella,bag, etc.) between the front doorfinisher and the front seat. Suchobjects may become dangerous

projectiles and cause injury if a sideair bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag systemcomponents will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severely burnyourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the side air bag and curtain airbag systems. This is to preventdamage to or accidental inflationof the side air bag and curtain airbag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle’s electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operationof the side air bag and curtain airbag systems.

. Tampering with the side air bagsystem may result in serious perso-nal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placingmaterial near the seatbacks or byinstalling additional trim material,such as seat covers, around the sideair bag.

. Work around and on the side air bagand curtain air bag systems shouldbe done by a NISSAN dealer. In-stallation of electrical equipmentshould also be done by a NISSANdealer. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring harnesses*should not be modified or discon-nected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side airbag and curtain supplemental airbag systems.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems and guide the buyer tothe appropriate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

GUID-779314D5-D874-4704-827E-12924B389912

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be re-placed together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47

Condition:

Black plate (64,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

. If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the pre-tensioner system checked and, ifnecessary, replaced by a NISSANdealer.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pretensioner system. This isto prevent damage to or accidentalactivation of the pretensioners.Tampering with the pretensionersystem may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Work around and on the preten-sioner system should be done by aNISSAN dealer. Installation of elec-trical equipment should also bedone by a NISSAN dealer. Un-authorized electrical test equipmentand probing devices should not beused on the pretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of a preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact aNISSAN dealer. Correct preten-sioner disposal procedures are setforth in the appropriate NISSANService Manual. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personal

injury.

The pretensioner system may activate with thesupplemental air bag system in certain types ofcollisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, ithelps tighten the seat belt when the vehiclebecomes involved in certain types of collisions,helping to restrain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seat beltretractor. These seat belts are used the sameway as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thesmoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limiters allowthe seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) toreduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning light isused to indicate malfunctions in the pretensionersystem. See “Supplemental air bag warninglight” (P.1-49). If the operation of the supple-mental air bag warning light indicates there is amalfunction, have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that youinform the buyer about the pretensioner systemand guide the buyer to the appropriate sectionsin this Owner’s Manual.

Condition:

Black plate (65,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSS1020

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

GUID-A2B5F7BA-51AD-49EB-AC0F-EEAE3CB9BFF2

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicleas shown in the illustration.

*1 SRS air bagGUID-E033C14C-F117-4774-BCAB-E71179C2BD64

The warning labels are located on the surface ofthe sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

GUID-69289B9F-E343-42A6-B8EA-704F9439322F

The supplemental air bag warning light, display-ing in the instrument panel, monitors thecircuits for the air bag systems, pretensionersand all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the supplemental air bag warning light illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off.This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag andpretensioner systems need servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side airbag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systemsmay not operate properly. They must be checkedand repaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestNISSAN dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49

Condition:

Black plate (66,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

1-50 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO-CEDURE

GUID-F6741CCA-2FCA-4CB8-ABDF-9276497D620C

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bagsand pretensioners are designed to activate on aone-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it isdamaged, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill remain illuminated after inflation has oc-curred. Repair and replacement of these sys-tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtainair bags and pretensioners and related partsshould be pointed out to the person performingthe maintenance. The ignition switch shouldalways be in the LOCK position when workingunder the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag orcurtain air bag has inflated, the airbag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally,the activated pretensioners mustalso be replaced. The air bag mod-ule and pretensioner should bereplaced by a NISSAN dealer. Theair bag modules and pretensionersystem cannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag andcurtain air bag systems, and preten-sioner system should be inspectedby a NISSAN dealer if there is anydamage to the front end or sideportion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of a supple-mental air bag or pretensioner orscrap the vehicle, contact a NISSANdealer. Correct supplemental airbag and pretensioner system dis-posal procedures are set forth in theappropriate NISSAN Service Man-ual. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

Condition:

Black plate (67,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ........................................................................................... 2-3Instrument panel ........................................................................... 2-4Meters and gauges ...................................................................... 2-5

Speedometer and odometer ............................................... 2-6Tachometer .............................................................................. 2-8Engine coolant temperature gauge ................................... 2-8Fuel gauge ............................................................................... 2-9Vehicle information display ................................................... 2-9Outside air temperature ..................................................... 2-10Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) positionindicator (if so equipped) .................................................. 2-10Trip computer ....................................................................... 2-10

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders ............... 2-12Checking bulbs .................................................................... 2-13Warning lights ...................................................................... 2-13Indicator lights ...................................................................... 2-17Audible reminders ............................................................... 2-19

Integrated control system (if so equipped) ........................ 2-21Drive mode ............................................................................ 2-21Setup function ...................................................................... 2-21Drive information .................................................................. 2-26Eco information .................................................................... 2-27

Security systems ....................................................................... 2-29Vehicle Security System .................................................... 2-29NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ............................. 2-30

Windshield wiper and washer switch ................................. 2-32Rear window wiper and washer switch ............................. 2-33Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch .......... 2-34Headlight and turn signal switch .......................................... 2-35

Headlight switch ............................................................... 2-35Turn signal switch ............................................................. 2-38Fog light switch (if so equipped) ................................. 2-38

Horn ............................................................................................. 2-38Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ....................... 2-39Heated seats (if so equipped) .............................................. 2-39Clock (if so equipped) ............................................................ 2-40

Adjusting the time ............................................................. 2-41Power outlet ............................................................................... 2-41Storage ....................................................................................... 2-42

Cup holders ........................................................................ 2-42Cargo floor box .................................................................. 2-43Glove box ............................................................................ 2-43Coat hook ........................................................................... 2-43Cargo cover (if so equipped) ........................................ 2-44

Windows .................................................................................... 2-45Power windows ................................................................. 2-45

Moonroof (if so equipped) ..................................................... 2-47Automatic moonroof ......................................................... 2-47

Interior lights ............................................................................. 2-49Map lights (if so equipped) ............................................ 2-49

Condition:

>

Black plate (68,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Map light control switch (if so equipped) .................... 2-49Cargo light ............................................................................ 2-50

Condition:

Black plate (69,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-3FDA5A2B-0FD2-4B28-A467-442E14E466B3

SSI0769

1. Outside mirror remote control switch

2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal switch

— Headlight

— Turn signal light

— Fog light*

3. Steering wheel

— Electric power steering system

— Horn

— Driver’s supplemental air bag

4. Wiper and washer switch

5. Selector lever or shift lever

— Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)

— Manual Transmission (MT)

6. Fuse box cover

7. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch

8. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) switch*

9. Tilting steering wheel lever

10. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

— Audio control

— Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System con-trol

11. Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Keysystem)

12. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side)

— Cruise control switches

13. Heated seat switch*

*: if so equipped

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

Condition:

Black plate (70,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-4 Instruments and controls

GUID-FB213085-0645-47E7-A4BE-9D16E00CA9C4

SSI0770

1. Meters and gauges

2. Center ventilator

3. Audio system* or Navigation system**

— Clock*

4. Hazard warning flasher switch

5. Integrated Control System*

— Clock

— Drive mode

— Heater and air conditioner control

— Defroster switch

5. Heater and air conditioner control (modelswithout Integrated Control System)

— Defroster switch

6. Front passenger supplemental air bag

7. Side ventilator

8. Fuel-filler door release handle

9. Hood release handle

10. Push-button ignition switch (models with Intel-ligent Key system)

11. AUX/USB connector*

12. Parking brake

13. Cup holder

14. Power outlet

15. Glove box

*: if so equipped

**: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual.

INSTRUMENT PANEL

Condition:

Black plate (71,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-DF36AE97-4508-4B81-8D84-DB4C25F6792E

SIC4601

1. Tachometer

2. Engine coolant temperature gauge

3. Vehicle information display

— Odometer/twin trip odometer

— Trip computer

— Torque vectoring AWD (AWD model)

— Outside air temperature

4. Fuel gauge

5. Speedometer

6. Warning/indicator lights

7. Instrument brightness control knob

8. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-tion indicator*

9. RESET switch for trip odometer/Trip computer

mode switch

*: if so equipped

The needle indicators may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is placed in theOFF or LOCK position. This is not amalfunction.

Instruments and controls 2-5

METERS AND GAUGES

Condition:

Black plate (72,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-6 Instruments and controls

SIC4504

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERGUID-51A241D7-04C6-4D12-AE1B-0180C370F35E

SpeedometerGUID-C27FC7F5-4696-4462-8629-B031ED3004EE

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed inmiles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour(km/h).

SIC4571

Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerGUID-A41D0989-DB08-4D3A-BE30-03AEC3FEFFE0

The odometer *1 /twin trip odometer *2 aredisplayed when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance ofindividual trips.

Changing the display:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Pushing the reset switch *3 located on themeter panel changes the display as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? Trip computer mode ?TRIP A

For trip computer information, see “Trip compu-ter” (P.2-10).

Resetting the trip odometer:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Pushing the reset switch*3 for approximately 1second resets the trip odometer to zero.

Condition:

Black plate (73,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SPA2809

Loose fuel cap warning messageGUID-1B265639-6ADC-4A76-95BA-C77D72122232

Push the reset switch *A for more than 1second to reset the LOOSE FUEL CAP warningmessage after the fuel cap has been tightened.For additional information see “Fuel-filler cap”(P.3-22) of this manual.

JVI0326X

Check tire pressure warning messageGUID-1EFE659B-2B0B-4654-8D74-A2F2486D0ED9

The CHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warningmessage is displayed when the low tire pressurewarning light is illuminated and low tirepressure is detected. Check and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The CHECK TIRE PRESwarning message turns off when the low tirepressure warning light turns off.

The low tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated until the tires are inflated to therecommended COLD tire pressure. The CHECKTIRE PRES warning message is displayed eachtime the ignition switch is placed in the ON

position as long as the low tire pressure warninglight remains illuminated.

For more information see “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-15), “Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS)” (P.5-4), and “Wheels andtires” (P.8-30).

Extended storage fuse warning messageGUID-9D5F7996-2B45-477F-8A6C-7904F0D81301

The SHIPPING MODE ON/PUSH STORAGEFUSE warning message may be displayed if theextended storage fuse switch is not pushed in(switched on). When this message is displayed,push in (switch on) the extended storage fuseswitch to turn off the message. For moreinformation, see “Extended storage fuse switch”(P.8-22).

Instruments and controls 2-7

Condition:

Black plate (74,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-8 Instruments and controls

SIC4506

TACHOMETERGUID-215DFAC7-AA25-4799-B76A-5C7F24514E30

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev theengine into the red zone*1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduceengine speed. Operating the engine inthe red zone may cause serious enginedamage.

SIC4123

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

GUID-34DD45D3-B4F2-44CD-AAC9-21491CEBB243

The gauge *1 indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is within thenormal range when the gauge is within the zone*2 shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with theoutside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of the

normal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease temperature. If gauge is overthe normal range, stop the vehicle assoon as safely possible. If the engine isoverheated, continued operation of thevehicle may seriously damage the en-gine. See “If your vehicle overheats”(P.6-10) for immediate action required.

Condition:

Black plate (75,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SIC4124

FUEL GAUGEGUID-353F5508-A471-4C58-AF18-C779D3376019

The gauge*1 indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters 0 (empty).

The low fuel warning light illuminates whenthe amount of fuel in the tank is getting low.Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferablybefore the gauge reaches 0. There will be asmall reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge reaches 0.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door is

located on the front passenger’s side of thevehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL)

may come on. Refuel as soon aspossible. After a few driving trips,the light should turn off. If thelight remains on after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected bya NISSAN dealer.

. For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”(P.2-18).

SIC4531

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAYGUID-EC2230F2-740F-4EDF-A5DE-7642ED3AEC53

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the vehicle information display showsthe following information:1. Outside air temperature

2. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-tion indicator (if so equipped)

3. Odometer/Instrument brightness control display

4. Twin trip odometer/Trip computer

Instruments and controls 2-9

Condition:

Black plate (76,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-10 Instruments and controls

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATUREGUID-1A157006-4054-4973-9724-C2D210223480

The outside air temperature is displayed in 8F or8C.

When the outside air temperature becomes378F (38C) or lower, the outside air temperaturedisplay blinks to give a warning. The display willstop blinking after 1 minute or when the outsideair temperature becomes 398F (48C) or above.

The display may differ from the actual outsidetemperature displayed on various signs or bill-boards.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICATOR(if so equipped)

GUID-AEF6AFF6-79C9-4BA4-B0D3-EC97DBF7DA83

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator indicates the selector leverposition when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

SIC4532

TRIP COMPUTERGUID-761D7DC4-8A71-4FAE-9686-B06903798D36

The switch for the trip computer is located onthe meter panel.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, modes of the trip computer can beselected by pushing the trip computer modeswitch*A .

Each time the trip computer mode switch*A ispushed, the display will change as follows:

(TRIP A? TRIP B)? Current fuel consumption? Distance to empty (dte) ? Average fuelconsumption ? Elapsed time? Torque vector-ing AWD (AWD model) (? TRIP A)

Current fuel consumptionGUID-0A5E70EC-4694-4D89-8DA2-A160792B4EB3

The current fuel consumption mode shows thecurrent fuel consumption.

Distance to empty (dte — mls or km)GUID-4238E3D0-30E9-4AEC-8B23-BEE5EE4E1E0B

The distance to empty (dte) mode provides youwith an estimation of the distance that can bedriven before refueling. The dte is constantlybeing calculated, based on the amount of fuel inthe fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. When the fuel level is low, the dte modeis automatically selected and the dte display willblink. Push the trip computer mode switch *Ato return to the mode that was selected beforethe warning occurred.

When the fuel level drops even lower, the dtedisplay will change to “----”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switch isturned off may continue to be displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves, thefuel in the tank shifts, which may momenta-rily change the display.

Condition:

Black plate (77,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Average fuel consumption (mpg or l(liter)/100 km)

GUID-E7885AB9-2063-4E90-897B-7200C49E7707

The average fuel consumption mode shows theaverage fuel consumption since the last reset.Resetting is done by pushing the trip computermode switch*A for approximately 1 second.

The display is updated every 30 seconds. Atabout the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a reset, thedisplay shows “---”.

Elapsed timeGUID-A16D6909-E777-4207-BB06-A5B7201C9049

The elapsed time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can be resetby pushing the trip computer mode switch *Afor approximately 1 second.

SIC4600

Torque vectoring AWD (AWD model)GUID-5D8074C6-FF7E-4BFD-9621-AE02515CD69A

The Torque vectoring mode shows the currentamount of torque distributed to each wheel.Each torque indicator is displayed as a bargraph*1 divided into 3 segments. The upperindicator displays the current amount of torquedistribution (left and right) for the front wheels.The lower indicator displays the current amountof torque distribution (left and right) for the rearwheels. The number of segments shows theamount of torque currently distributed to eachwheel.

Resetting displaysGUID-C3B30EF4-F9E7-424B-B539-122D78C3AE9F

When the average fuel consumption, elapsedtime or TRIP B is displayed, push the tripcomputer mode switch *A for longer than 3seconds. The average fuel consumption,elapsed time and trip odometer (TRIP B only)displays will be reset at the same time.

Instruments and controls 2-11

Condition:

Black plate (78,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-12 Instruments and controls

GUID-0AD04023-03AE-4553-915A-04F0D33BD0B8

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWDmodel)*

Low fuel warning light Cruise indicator light

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight

Low tire pressure warning light Engine start operation indicator light*

Low washer fluid warning light* Exterior light indicator

Brake warning lightP position selecting warning light* Front passenger air bag status light

Seat belt warning light High beam indicator light

Charge warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Door open warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light Security indicator light

Electric power steering warning lightAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) indicator light (AWDmodel)*

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure warning lightAll-Wheel Drive (AWD)-V indicator light(AWD model)*

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

Intelligent Key system warning light*Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)indicator light*

*: if so equipped

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS

Condition:

Black plate (79,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

CHECKING BULBSGUID-C22DF306-092D-4583-8CB3-A6AC7219AD77

With all doors closed, apply the parking brakeand place the ignition switch in the ON positionwithout starting the engine. The following lightswill come on:

, or , , , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then gooff (if so equipped):

, or , , , , , ,, , ,

If any light does not come on, it may indicate aburned-out bulb or an open circuit in theelectrical system. Have the system checked bya NISSAN dealer.

WARNING LIGHTSGUID-6B8C70F3-468B-4200-B5D0-854A71617076

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warninglight (AWD model)

GUID-0451414D-383B-4466-A183-5E0504D41E4D

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light willilluminate. It will turn off soon after the engine isstarted.

If the AWD system malfunctions or the revolu-tion or radius of the front and the rear wheeldiffers, the AWD warning light will either remainilluminated or blink. (See “All-Wheel Drive(AWD)” (P.5-32).)

or Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

GUID-94D8EF69-CB1A-45F8-A40A-491B3BA0299B

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This indicatesthe ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while theengine is running, or while driving, it mayindicate the ABS is not functioning properly.Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lock assis-tance. (See “Brake system” (P.5-38).)

or Brake warning lightGUID-21F0780E-8D92-4B48-8AC5-495231853BE1

This light functions for both the parking brakeand the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light illuminates when the parking brake isapplied.

Low brake fluid warning light:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If thelight illuminates while the engine is running withthe parking brake not applied, stop the vehicleand perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid isnecessary, add fluid and have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer. (See “Brakeand clutch fluid” (P.8-11).)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked by a NISSANdealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the parking brake is released and thebrake fluid level is sufficient, if both the brakewarning light and the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminate, it may indicatethe ABS is not functioning properly. Have thebrake system checked, and if necessary re-paired, by a NISSAN dealer promptly. (See“Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”(P.2-13).)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not beworking properly if the warning lightis on. Driving could be dangerous. Ifyou judge it to be safe, drive care-fully to the nearest service stationfor repairs. Otherwise, have yourvehicle towed because driving itcould be dangerous.

Instruments and controls 2-13

Condition:

Black plate (80,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-14 Instruments and controls

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below theminimum or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked at aNISSAN dealer.

Charge warning lightGUID-DAF8C1DB-0D65-48DD-A5B2-B2111E95A603

If the light illuminates while the engine is running,it may indicate the charging system is notfunctioning properly. Turn the engine off andcheck the alternator belt. If the belt is loose,broken, missing or if the light remains on, see aNISSAN dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning lightGUID-F110CD39-C8B9-4AB9-A2C5-D73957A7EAD7

This light illuminates when any of the doors and/or lift gate are not closed securely while theignition switch is in the ON position.

Electric power steering warninglight

GUID-EC26B3D5-0AAE-463D-BE20-5E9CDE7BC487

When the ignition switch is in the ON position,the electric power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the electricpower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates the electric power steering system isoperational.

If the electric power steering warning lightilluminates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the electric power steering system isnot functioning properly and may need servicing.Have the electric power steering systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

When the electric power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, the powerassist to the steering will cease operation butyou will still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering efforts are required tooperate the steering wheel, especially in sharpturns and at low speeds.

See “Electric power steering system” (P.5-37).

Engine oil pressure warning lightGUID-F56193A3-64A7-4AB4-A970-38C6EC751913

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If thelight flickers or illuminates during normal driving,pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call a NISSAN dealer or otherauthorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. (See“Engine oil” (P.8-8).)

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by warranty. Turn off the engine assoon as it is safe to do so.

Intelligent Key system warning light(if so equipped)

GUID-85270370-A7A5-4880-859A-F992DBFE71BD

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2 secondsand then turns off.

Condition:

Black plate (81,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

This light illuminates or blinks as follows:

. The light blinks in yellow when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Make sure that theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

. The light blinks in green when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power. Replacethe battery with a new one. (See “Keybattery replacement” (P.8-22).)

. The light illuminates in yellow when it warnsof a malfunction with Intelligent Key system.

If the warning light illuminates in yellow while theengine is stopped, it may be impossible to startthe engine. If the light comes on while the engineis running, you can drive the vehicle. However inthese cases, contact a NISSAN dealer for repairas soon as possible.

Low fuel warning lightGUID-0784D1EC-08F8-48E5-8112-AC14204A82C8

This light illuminates when the fuel in the tank isgetting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the 0(empty) position.

There will be a small reserve of fuelremaining in the tank when the fuel gaugereaches the 0 position.

Low tire pressure warning lightGUID-CE4F38F6-4622-4692-88BA-0B338FB86AAF

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tirepressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of lowtire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is notfunctioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1 secondand turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. ACHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warning mes-sage is also displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. The low tire pressure warninglight does not automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated tothe recommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) toactivate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

The low tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated until the tires are inflated to therecommended COLD tire pressure. The CHECKTIRE PRES warning message is displayed eachtime the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition as long as the low tire pressure warninglight remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Check tirepressure warning message” (P.2-7), “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4) and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

TPMS malfunction:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the lowtire pressure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position. The light will remainon after 1 minute. The CHECK TIRE PRESwarning message is not displayed if the low tirepressure warning light illuminates to indicate aTPMS malfunction. Have the system checked bya NISSAN dealer.

For additional information, see “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).

Instruments and controls 2-15

Condition:

Black plate (82,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-16 Instruments and controls

WARNING

. If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch placed in the ONposition, have the vehicle checkedby a NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with un-der-inflated tires may permanentlydamage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Seriousvehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and couldresult in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the lowtire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light still illuminates while driv-ing after adjusting the tire pressure,a tire may be flat. If you have a flattire, replace it with a spare tire as

soon as possible.

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sureto check the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 MPH (25km/h), the TPMS may not operatecorrectly.

. Be sure to install the specified sizeof tires to the four wheels correctly.

Low washer fluid warning light(Canada only)

GUID-ADABB354-FD0A-4635-ABE1-7FD833E3E734

This light illuminates when the washer fluid is ata low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. (See“Window washer fluid” (P.8-12).)

P position selecting warning light(if so equipped)

GUID-2CE958E5-DAA1-48FB-A4F0-B392F12FCD77

The warning light blinks in red when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine with theselector lever in any position except the P (Park)position.

If this warning appears, move the selector leverto the P (Park) position or push the ignitionswitch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound.

See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11).

Seat belt warning lightGUID-91E8D2F7-3908-4392-874C-F4665FD344E7

The light and chime remind you to fasten seatbelts. The light illuminates whenever the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, and willremain illuminated until the driver’s seat belt isfastened. At the same time, the chime will soundfor about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat beltis securely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seat is

Condition:

Black plate (83,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

occupied. For about 5 seconds after the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, the system doesnot activate the warning light for the frontpassenger.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-9) for precautions on seatbelt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning lightGUID-94669243-2339-4D53-AF63-5FF94E523E50

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warning lightwill illuminate. The supplemental air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds if thesupplemental front air bag and supplementalside air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systemsand/or pretensioner seat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag andpretensioner systems need servicing and yourvehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSANdealer.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 seconds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning light doesnot illuminate at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the SupplementalRestraint Systems and/or the pretensioners maynot function properly.

For additional information, see “Supplementalrestraint system” (P.1-35).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

GUID-85CB9D57-FB85-4B51-B25F-D3B6699FF654

The light will blink when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system or the traction controlsystem is operating, thus alerting the driver thatthe vehicle is nearing its traction limits. The roadsurface may be slippery.

If the VDC warning light illuminates while theVDC system is on, this light alerts the driver tothe fact that the VDC system’s fail-safe mode isoperating, for example the VDC system may notbe functioning properly. Have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer. If a malfunctionoccurs in the system, the VDC system function

will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable.For additional information, see “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” (P.5-40) of this manual.

INDICATOR LIGHTSGUID-1EB9AC97-06B3-4B85-A8DE-4194674FC033

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) indicatorlight (AWD model)

GUID-2CD1DBFF-7E1B-4E8B-81ED-33ED676273AC

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) indicator lightilluminates and then turns off.

When selecting AWD mode while the engine isrunning, the AWD indicator light illuminates.(See “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” (P.5-32).)

All-Wheel Drive (AWD-V) indicatorlight (AWD model)

GUID-8C9048F9-278F-4025-8E3B-A286975CAA94

When selecting AWD-V mode while the engineis running, the AWD-V indicator light illuminates.(See “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” (P.5-32).)

Continuously Variable Transmis-sion (CVT) indicator light (if so equipped)

GUID-89513D09-6BB2-4811-B6B0-1034600701FF

When the ignition switch is in the “ON” position,the Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)indicator light illuminates and then turns off.

Instruments and controls 2-17

Condition:

Black plate (84,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-18 Instruments and controls

Cruise indicator lightGUID-9865425F-C266-446A-895C-23335FF057AB

Cruise main switch indicator:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

This light illuminates when the cruise controlmain switch is pushed. The light turns off whenthe main switch is pushed again. When thecruise indicator light illuminates, the cruisecontrol system is operational.

Cruise malfunction:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

If the cruise indicator light blinks while theengine is running, it may indicate the cruisecontrol system is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

See “Cruise control” (P.5-29).

Engine start operation indicatorlight (if so equipped)

GUID-1D3C34B9-B054-4186-8E35-F8A348777616

This light appears when the selector lever is inthe P (Park) position (Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models) or N (Neutral)position (Manual Transmission (MT) models).This light means that the engine will start bypushing the ignition switch with the brake pedaldepressed. You can start the engine directly inany position.

Exterior light indicatorGUID-B9DA9F59-94DD-479E-A4ED-F9B3237B5784

This indicator illuminates when the headlightswitch is turned to the AUTO (if so equipped),

or position and the front parking lights,instrument panel lights, rear combination lights,license plate lights or headlights are on. Theindicator turns off when these lights are turnedoff.

Front passenger air bag status lightGUID-D784181C-CA8B-4A88-9F16-58F3364EFA8A

The front passenger air bag status light (locatedon the center of the instrument panel) will be litand the passenger front air bag will be OFFdepending on how the front passenger seat isbeing used.

For front passenger air bag status light opera-tion, see “NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)” (P.1-41) of this manual.

High beam indicator lightGUID-849B231E-AF14-45BE-A788-A0C55B5A4C93

This light illuminates when the headlight highbeam is on and goes out when the low beam isselected.

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)GUID-105F7DF5-6121-4EF4-AFAC-8D8C431A8A2E

If the malfunction indicator light illuminatessteady or blinks while the engine is running, itmay indicate a potential emission control and/orContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) mal-function.

The malfunction indicator light may also illumi-nate steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Checkto make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed andclosed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3US gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds when the engineis not running, it indicates that the vehicle is notready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec-tion/Maintenance (I/M) test” (P.9-18).)

Operation:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The malfunction indicator light will illuminate inone of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light illuminated steady— An emission control system and/or CVTmalfunction has been detected. Check thefuel-filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP

Condition:

Black plate (85,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

warning message is displayed on the twintrip odometer. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few driving trips. If the

light does not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected by aNISSAN dealer. You do not need to haveyour vehicle towed to the dealer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking — Anengine misfire has been detected which maydamage the emission control system.

To reduce or avoid emission control systemdamage:

1) Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH(72 km/h).

2) Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

3) Avoid steep uphill grades.

4) If possible, reduce the amount of cargobeing hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light may stopblinking and remain illuminated.

Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSANdealer. You do not need to have your vehicletowed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation withouthaving the emission control systemand/or CVT system checked and re-paired as necessary could lead to poordriveability, reduced fuel economy, andpossible damage to the emission con-trol system.

Security indicator lightGUID-5BBF01E2-3135-4B2A-BA68-00E15944E42A

The light blinks when the ignition switch is in theACC, OFF or LOCK position. This functionindicates the security system equipped on thevehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning, this lightwill remain on while the ignition switch is in theON position. For additional information, see“Security systems” (P.2-29).

Turn signal/hazard indicator lightsGUID-938BCB58-C7D0-4656-B2E2-A3F2D5C472C5

The light flashes when the turn signal switchlever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offindicator light

GUID-BBD2CFDF-7486-4847-A2BC-6E127444B584

The light comes on when the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off switch is pushed to OFF. Thisindicates that the VDC system and tractioncontrol system are not operating.

AUDIBLE REMINDERSGUID-42904A1A-6A75-4B8C-8F34-6D9818D98A82

Key reminder chimeGUID-32BD73EC-E7A4-4435-A048-B7769B717D08

Models with Intelligent Key system:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

A chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC position.

Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position, and take the Intelligent Key withyou when leaving the vehicle.

Models without Intelligent Key system:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The key reminder chime sounds if the driver’sside door is opened while the key is left in theignition switch and the ignition switch is in theACC, OFF or LOCK position. Remove the keyand take it with you when leaving the vehicle.

Instruments and controls 2-19

Condition:

Black plate (86,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-20 Instruments and controls

Light reminder chimeGUID-72168721-DFA8-448A-961A-A3FACAB0A8E3

The light reminder chime will sound when thedriver side door is opened with the light switchin the AUTO (if so equipped), orposition, and the ignition switch is in the ACC,OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Brake pad wear warningGUID-EF2EB7E0-B227-4E63-9DC8-B730CC13FB1B

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

Parking brake reminder chimeGUID-8853279F-1AD6-47C7-B9A8-09A67EC2B7BE

The parking brake reminder chime will sound ifthe vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH (7km/h) with the parking brake applied. Stop thevehicle and release the parking brake.

Seat belt warning chimeGUID-F9E8997E-7A88-4D30-B477-C791A79F8575

The seat belt warning chime will sound for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

Condition:

Black plate (87,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-F75DC192-4AA8-4A55-AE59-59A76A90EBC4

The Integrated Control System is located belowthe audio system or navigation system (if soequipped). Two Integrated Control Systemmodes can be selected: Drive mode andClimate Control mode.

Depending on which Integrated Control Systemmode is selected (Drive mode or ClimateControl mode), the screen display and somebutton functions will change.

. Drive mode

In the Drive mode, three types of drivingmodes can be selected: NORMAL, SPORTand ECO. See “Drive mode” (P.5-24). Inaddition, while in the Drive mode, SETUP,Drive information and ECO information canbe displayed and adjusted. See “Drivemode” (P.2-21).

. Climate Control mode

In the Climate Control mode, the climatecontrol can be set and adjusted. See“Automatic air conditioner (with IntegratedControl System)” (P.4-17).

DRIVE MODEGUID-8018E7B4-28B9-4333-857E-2A3D1B7D7F1B

When the Drive mode select button is pressed,the display and buttons appear as shown.

SIC4623

1. Drive mode select button

2. SETUP button

3. Drive mode NORMAL button

4. Drive mode SPORT button

5. Drive mode ECO button

6. Display screen

7. Drive information button

8. ECO information button

9. ENTER button/Selection dial

SETUP FUNCTIONGUID-5B5DBB47-0C64-4C41-8AF1-443319848F1A

While in the Drive mode, the following items canbe set up by pressing the SETUP button.

Instruments and controls 2-21

INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (ifso equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (88,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-22 Instruments and controls

. Display Brightness

. Button Brightness

. Clock Time Setting

. Select Language

. Select Units

. Auto Interior Illumination

. Selective Door unlock

. Auto Headlight Sensitivity (if so equipped)

. CLIMATE ECO

NOTE:. The SETUP function cannot be ad-

justed while driving.

. When the battery is disconnected, theSETUPmemory is erased and reverts tothe default settings. If necessary, resetthe SETUP memory after reconnectingthe battery.

SIC4617

Setting Display Brightness and ButtonBrightness

GUID-27E9F256-C04B-4006-9271-055B95871748

1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

2. Press the SETUP button.

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Display Bright-ness” or “Button Brightness” then press theENTER button.

SIC4557

4. Turn the Selection dial to + to increasebrightness or to − to decrease brightness,then press the ENTER button to apply theselection.

Display Brightness and Button Brightness canbe manually adjusted during the day (when theheadlight switch is off) or at night (when theheadlight switch is on).

When the bar is at the minimum or maximumbrightness level, the brightness level is the sameas the daytime level (headlight switch is on) ornighttime level (headlight switch off).

Condition:

Black plate (89,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SIC4558

Clock Time SettingGUID-2812E6D3-7933-4DFF-89C0-F87C59706668

1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

2. Press the SETUP button.

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Clock TimeSetting”, then press the ENTER button.

SIC4559

4. Turn the Selection dial to select the day ofthe week, then press the ENTER button toapply the selection.

5. Turn the Selection dial to select the hour andAM or PM, then press the ENTER button toapply the selection.

6. Turn the Selection dial to select the minutes,then press the ENTER button to apply theselection.

SIC4560

Select LanguageGUID-BEC48047-A67F-46E3-90C7-828B6A0EEAA1

1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

2. Press the SETUP button.

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Select Lan-guage”, then press the ENTER button.

Instruments and controls 2-23

Condition:

Black plate (90,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-24 Instruments and controls

SIC4561

4. Turn the Selection dial to select the pre-ferred language, then press the ENTERbutton to apply the selection.

SIC4580

Select UnitsGUID-774E4284-E836-45B2-9C03-2EB133B47B95

1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

2. Press the SETUP button.

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Select Units” thenpress the ENTER button.

SIC4581

4. Turn the Selection dial to select “US” or“METRIC”, then press the ENTER button toapply the selection.

Condition:

Black plate (91,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SIC4605

Auto Interior IlluminationGUID-73C0C534-32F7-4478-94B8-BD493A21A348

Select to turn the illumination of the interiorlights on or off when any door is unlocked.

1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

2. Press the SETUP button.

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Auto InteriorIllumination” then press the ENTER button.

4. Turn the Selection dial to select “ON” or“OFF”, then press the ENTER button toapply the selection.

SIC4606

Selective Door UnlockGUID-D7CB0C67-3FC9-41B8-9A49-41124D8166DA

When this item is turned on, only the driver’sdoor is unlocked after the door unlock operationis performed once. All of the doors can beunlocked if the door unlock operation is per-formed again within 1 minute.

When this item is turned off, all the doors will beunlocked after the door unlock operation isperformed once.

1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

2. Press the SETUP button.

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Selective DoorUnlock” then press the ENTER button.

4. Turn the Selection dial to select “ON” or“OFF”, then press the ENTER button toapply the selection. The indicator will turnred when selective door unlock is on.

Instruments and controls 2-25

Condition:

Black plate (92,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-26 Instruments and controls

SIC4607

Auto Headlight Sensitivity (if soequipped)

GUID-E8605F81-0011-489E-98B9-32D5ACC252FE

Select to adjust the sensitivity of the automaticheadlight.

1. Press the Drive Mode Select button.

2. Press the SETUP button.

3. Turn the Selection dial to “Auto HeadlightSensitivity” then press the ENTER button.

SIC4583

4. Turn the Selection dial to + to increasesensitivity or to − to decrease sensitivity,then press the ENTER button to apply theselection.

JVI0324X

DRIVE INFORMATIONGUID-443C1D2D-7D0F-41E4-987B-D7415D0970E8

While in the Drive mode, push the Driveinformation button to display elapsed time,average speed and trip distance. Pressing theDrive information button a second time willdisplay the G (gravity)-Force screen.

Elapsed timeGUID-55BB1392-875D-4CF0-9E85-7CCFF5D0F10E

The elapsed time shows the time since the lastreset.

Condition:

Black plate (93,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Average speed (km/h or MPH)GUID-9C3C1498-7E06-42C4-96D5-12BCDDAA68EB

The average speed shows the average vehiclespeed since the last reset.

Trip distance (km or MILES)GUID-FE7A52DC-03FE-40C7-8350-CD409A5F214F

The trip distance shows the distance drivensince the last reset.

To reset the elapsed time, average speed andtrip distance, push the ENTER button for morethan one second. All three drive informationdisplays will reset at the same time.

SIC4618

G-Force screenGUID-7CA54F31-AFA0-446D-97A9-40A1CD8D276A

The G (gravity)-Force screen displays thecurrent acceleration and deceleration (front-to-rear) and cornering (side-to-side) G-Force onthe vehicle.

ECO INFORMATIONGUID-FF86F9FC-E590-4E56-85D1-34E86F1F19FD

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display controls whiledriving so that full attention may givento vehicle operation.

The following ECO INFO mode will appear onthe display by pushing the ECO informationbutton, then turning the selection dial to scrollthrough the different screens.

While driving, only one ECO information screenis displayed. The vehicle must be stopped toscroll through the different screens.

Instruments and controls 2-27

Condition:

Black plate (94,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-28 Instruments and controls

SIC4563

Daily ResetGUID-9E852481-4855-4C98-AD8C-A7AF08E10E28

Records of up to the past 4 days of fuelconsumption can be shown on the display.

Weekly ResetGUID-EB7B5C4A-19C8-433E-AFD3-A165E5C4C2E8

Records of up to the past 4 weeks of eachweek’s fuel consumption can be shown on thedisplay.

NOTE:

When the clock is not set, the ECOinformation (daily and weekly) cannot beused.

Reset at StartGUID-F852259B-B08A-4BC8-BAC5-9ACC5A687EEB

Records of up to the past 4 times of each time ofignition switch ON fuel consumption can beshown on the display.

Manual ResetGUID-B6A62823-AFB2-4ADC-A65B-72B63B1719C0

Records of up to the past 4 times of resettingfuel consumption can be shown on the display.

The displayed ECO INFO can be reset bypushing the ENTER button for longer than 1second.

Condition:

Black plate (95,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-E521ED90-7BA2-4FC3-91C7-F35E3C88DAF5

SIC4543

Your vehicle has two types of security systems,as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

The security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMGUID-B38A9882-E3CB-4884-A546-D9C91260263B

The vehicle security system provides visual andaudio alarm signals if someone opens the doors,or lift gate when the system is armed. It is not,however, a motion detection type system thatactivates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannotprevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interioror exterior vehicle components in all situations.Always secure your vehicle even if parking for abrief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle,and always lock it when unattended. Be awareof your surroundings, and park in secure, well-litareas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identification markers,and tracking systems, are available at autosupply stores and specialty shops. YourNISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment.Check with your insurance company to see ifyou may be eligible for discounts for varioustheft protection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle security systemGUID-0B0D54E3-2D2E-4E66-84C2-DB089A802C9C

1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Models with Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the OFF positionand remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

Models without Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition and remove the key.

3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doorscan be locked with:

Instruments and controls 2-29

SECURITY SYSTEMS

Condition:

Black plate (96,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-30 Instruments and controls

. the LOCK button on the keyfob orIntelligent Key (if so equipped)

. any request switch (Intelligent Keyequipped model)

. the power door lock switch

. the key — master or mechanical (Intelli-gent Key equipped model)

4. Confirm that the security indicator lightilluminates. The security indicator light stayson for about 30 seconds. The vehiclesecurity system is now pre-armed. Afterabout 30 seconds the vehicle securitysystem automatically shifts into the armedphase. The security light begins to flashonce every approximately 3 seconds. If,during this 30-second pre-arm time period,the door is unlocked, or the ignition switch isplaced in the ACC or ON position, thesystem will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors locked with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position. When turningthe ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activationGUID-5860D76E-23D8-4381-99F0-0DD8252DADA1

The vehicle security system will give the follow-ing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 50 seconds. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tamperedwith again.

The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door without using the keyfob,the Intelligent Key (if so equipped) therequest switch (if so equipped) or the key.(Even if the door is opened by releasing thedoor inside lock knob, the alarm willactivate.)

How to stop an activated alarmGUID-C58BB668-0D8A-41CA-8C30-D900891ABB1A

The alarm will stop by unlocking a door bypushing the UNLOCK button on the keyfobor Intelligent Key, pushing the request switch orusing the key. The alarm will not stop if theignition switch is placed in the ACC or ONposition.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by aNISSAN dealer.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM

GUID-82475EC2-840C-467B-A31D-97F570513B2F

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will notallow the engine to start without the use of theregistered key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredkey, it may be due to interference caused byanother registered key, an automated toll roaddevice or automated payment device on the keyring. Restart the engine using the followingprocedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON positionfor approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately 10seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device(which may have caused the interference)separate from the registered key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,NISSAN recommends placing the regis-tered key on a separate key ring to avoidinterference from other devices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSY-IMMOBILISER)

Condition:

Black plate (97,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

SIC2045

Security indicator lightGUID-91936668-A20A-48BD-8CB2-340577FB611D

The security indicator light is located on themeter panel. It indicates the status of theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks whenever the ignition switch is inthe LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This functionindicates the security systems equipped on thevehicle are operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain on while theignition switch is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see a NISSAN dealerfor NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

service as soon as possible. Please bringall registered keys that you have whenvisiting a NISSAN dealer for service.

Instruments and controls 2-31

Condition:

Black plate (98,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-32 Instruments and controls

GUID-E3EA3376-5066-42DB-890F-056CE8D3AF95

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which may leadto an accident. Warm windshield withthe defroster before you wash thewindshield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washer

reservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

If the windshield wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately 1minute, turn the switch on again to operatethe wiper.

SIC3664

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at thefollowing speed:

*1 Intermittent — intermittent operation can beadjusted by turning the knob toward *A(Slower) or*B (Faster).

*2 Low — continuous low speed operation

*3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up *4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you *5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

Condition:

Black plate (99,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Pulling up the wiper arm:

The wiper arm should be in the up position whenreplacing the wiper.

To pull up the wiper arm, pull the lever*5 whenthe ignition switch is in the “OFF” position within1 minute. The wiper operation stops in mid-operation. The wiper arm can be pulled up.

To replace the wiper arm, place the wiper arm inthe down position and then push the lever *4up once.

CAUTION

Do not operate the windshield wiperwhile the wiper arm is pulled up. Thewiper arm may be damaged.

GUID-0013655D-0D88-4D9F-87AB-B359910F5671

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the rear windowglass and obscure your vision. Warmthe rear window with the defrosterbefore you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use the

window washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

If the rear window wiper operation isinterrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice that ison and around the wiper arms. In approxi-mately 1 minute, turn the switch on againto operate the wiper.

Instruments and controls 2-33

REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER SWITCH

Condition:

Black plate (100,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-34 Instruments and controls

SIC3666

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF positionto operate the wiper.

*1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (notadjustable)

*2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward *3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operate severaltimes.

GUID-A6ACEC3D-569F-4102-A2B6-4DE76F74F79B

SIC4520

Type A

SIC4519

Type B

To defog/defrost the rear window glass andoutside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engineand push the switch*1 on. The indicator light*2 will illuminate. Push the switch again to turnthe defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approximately 15minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

Condition:

Black plate (101,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-2608E54F-A0CB-4CE9-8864-9C61F01ED6F7

SIC3668

HEADLIGHT SWITCHGUID-78F7386F-88AF-48CA-8EC4-39D87DBFEDF9

LightingGUID-C7E4F4F1-DC4D-4024-8FF6-AC24A3D2B1F5

*1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front parking, side marker, tail, license plateand instrument lights will come on.

*2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all the other lightsremain on.

SIC3669

Autolight system (if so equipped)GUID-2F769165-6329-45F4-95DB-2F94DB2FE66C

The autolight system allows the headlights to beset so they turn on and off automatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position*1 .

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns theheadlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switchto the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on the headlightsautomatically when it is dark and turn off the

headlights when it is light.

For US models (if so equipped): The headlightswill also be turned on automatically at twilight orin rainy weather (when the windshield wiper isoperated continuously).

If the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened and thiscondition is continued, the headlights remain onfor 5 minutes.

Instruments and controls 2-35

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH

Condition:

Black plate (102,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-36 Instruments and controls

SAA1232

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor*1 located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor con-trols the autolight; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.

Automatic headlights off delayGUID-CFAAEF09-71A1-4057-9F7B-96D46980C786

You can keep the headlights on for up to 45seconds after you place the ignition switch inOFF and open any door then close all the doors.

SIC3670

Headlight beam selectGUID-65D36B20-DAE3-4840-AD10-0068CB054884

*1 To select the low beam, put the lever in theneutral position as shown.

*2 To select the high beam, push the lever forwardwhile the switch is in the position. Pull itback to select the low beam.

*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash theheadlight high beam even when the headlightswitch is in the OFF position.

Battery saver systemGUID-E8409034-D45E-48DE-A071-E3A41898289B

. When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights will automaticallyturn off within a period of time after theignition switch has been placed in the OFFposition.

. When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights auto-

matically turn off, the lights will turn on whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlightswitch again after the lights auto-matically turn off, the lights will notturn off automatically. Be sure toturn the light switch to the OFFposition when you leave the vehiclefor extended periods of time, other-wise the battery will be discharged.

. Never leave the light switch onwhen the engine is not running forextended periods of time even if theheadlights turn off automatically.

Condition:

Black plate (103,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Daytime running light system (Canadaonly)

GUID-62FCD516-90BE-43E6-ACAB-5CD8364D8567

The daytime running lights automatically illumi-nate when the engine is started with the parkingbrake released. The daytime running lightsoperate with the headlight switch in the OFFposition or in the position. Turn the head-light switch to the position for full illumina-tion when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engineis started, the daytime running lights do notilluminate. The daytime running lights illuminateonce the parking brake is released. The daytimerunning lights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light systemis active, tail lights on your vehicle arenot on. It is necessary at dusk to turn onyour headlights. Failure to do so couldcause an accident injuring yourself andothers.

SIC4517

SIC4129

Instrument brightness controlGUID-955DB8AF-41FD-4C7B-B17D-A344031AD5BB

The instrument brightness control operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the control knob*A to adjust the bright-ness of the instrument panel lights. The bright-ness indicator*B will be shown briefly in thevehicle information display when the control isturned.

When the brightness level reaches the maximumor minimum, a beep will sound.

Instruments and controls 2-37

Condition:

Black plate (104,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-38 Instruments and controls

SIC3671

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHGUID-DF12F6F8-A1D7-4024-A4DF-46D972E49E9C

*1 Turn signalGUID-3CF2F736-4960-4B96-B5CF-1271A559F90A

Move the lever up or down to signal the turningdirection. When the turn is completed, the turnsignals cancel automatically.

*2 Lane change signalGUID-BCAE5264-DA08-4A37-B0F2-FDE7D90FCC8F

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to the point where lights begin flashing.

SIC3672

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)GUID-8A44D476-039A-440B-9B7F-71C22E22C8D1

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn the switchto the position. To turn them off, turn theswitch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights tooperate.

When the headlight switch is in the AUTOposition, turning the fog light switch to theposition will turn on the headlights, fog lightsand the other lights while the ignition switch is inthe ON position or the engine is running.

GUID-BCFDC961-0310-45F1-A715-1044C3AF17A3

SIC4521

To sound the horn, push the center pad area ofthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplemental frontair bag system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

HORN

Condition:

Black plate (105,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-214BC187-5FC2-47C2-A34A-24AAF5D08E52

SIC4544

The vehicle should be driven with the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system on for mostdriving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDCsystem reduces the engine output to reducewheel spin. The engine speed will be reducedeven if the accelerator is depressed to the floor.If maximum engine power is needed to free astuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFFswitch. The indicator will illuminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart theengine to turn on the system. (See “VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-40).)

GUID-AF2D0C38-8F40-4385-9E9C-0A71DCA2931A

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tempera-tures or have an inability to feel pain inbody parts that contact the seat. Use ofthe seat heater by such people couldresult in serious injury.

CAUTION

. The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while theengine is not running.

. Do not use the seat heater forextended periods or when no oneis using the seat.

. Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as ablanket, cushion, seat cover, etc.Otherwise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

. Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result in

damage to the heater.

. Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediatelywith a dry cloth.

. When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

. If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer.

Instruments and controls 2-39

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (106,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-40 Instruments and controls

SIC2770

The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. Theswitches located on the center console can beoperated independently of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

*1 For high heat, push the HI (High) side ofthe switch.

*2 For low heat, push the LO (Low) side ofthe switch.

The indicator light in the switch *3 willilluminate when the heater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch tothe level position. Make sure the indicatorlight goes off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on and off.The indicator light will remain on as long asthe switch is on.

When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, orbefore you leave the vehicle, be sure to turnoff the switch.

GUID-8EF3F7B9-ECF4-4984-877D-7948CE13B956

The digital clock (in the audio unit) displays timewhen the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition. The clock ON or OFF mode can beselected. For details of the digital clock in theINTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM, refer to“Clock Time Setting” (P.2-23). For details ofthe digital clock in the NAVIGATION SYSTEM,refer to “Clock” (P.4-7).

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time.Readjust the time.

CLOCK (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (107,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SIC4131

ADJUSTING THE TIMEGUID-4EA21DCA-A547-4E75-A7F5-CCE270C99194

Push the CLOCK button*1 to turn the clock onor off.

1. Push and hold the CLOCK button*1 untilthe clock display starts to flash.

2. Push the SEEK/TRACK button*2 to adjustthe hours.

3. Push the TUNE/FF·REW button *3 toadjust the minutes.

4. Push the CLOCK button *1 again to exitthe clock set mode.

The display will return to the regular clockdisplay after 5 seconds.

GUID-850FEE13-D4FF-4D25-97B5-E92230D21302

SIC4525

The power outlet is located in the instrumentpanel.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hotduring or immediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories thatexceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) powerdraw. Do not use double adapters ormore than one electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the enginerunning to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

. Avoid using power outlet when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go.If good contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

. Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical acces-sory being used is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to closethe cap. Do not allow water tocontact the outlet.

Instruments and controls 2-41

POWER OUTLET

Condition:

Black plate (108,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-42 Instruments and controls

GUID-11FFEB74-6D4E-4717-B00A-F5FBAB2E5908

CUP HOLDERSGUID-FC8FAFBC-BCD6-43B2-98A8-26203EF5F9DB

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being usedto prevent spilling the drink. If theliquid is hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

SIC4527

Center console

SIC4528

Door (front and rear)

Soft bottle holdersGUID-1A4FBEC5-2F7E-4330-AFDC-3E00F421B6AB

CAUTION

. Do not use bottle holder for anyother objects that could be thrownabout in the vehicle and possiblyinjure people during sudden brakingor an accident.

. Do not use bottle holder for openliquid containers.

STORAGE

Condition:

Black plate (109,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SIC4529

CARGO FLOOR BOXGUID-45F8D0E0-09C1-4BF0-AFEC-F04387391A77

1. To open the cargo floor box, pull the board*A .

SIC4526

GLOVE BOXGUID-EA635502-9936-47A9-B2CA-4F1ACC30F00B

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle.

To close, push the lid in until the lock latches.

SIC3505

COAT HOOKGUID-8181D445-70B5-442B-A1BA-CF086D65AB6D

The coat hook is located above the rear sidewindow.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 2kg (4 lb) to the hook.

Instruments and controls 2-43

Condition:

Black plate (110,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-44 Instruments and controls

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)GUID-B2FCE0EE-8505-4710-86C2-50A0D5588C33

WARNING

. Never put anything on the cargocover, no matter how small. Anyobject on it could cause an injuryin an accident or sudden stop.

. Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.

. The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withthe cargo cover or items in theluggage area. Remove the cargocover from the vehicle or secure itand any luggage. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

The cargo cover keeps the luggage compart-ment contents hidden from the outside.

SIC4584

To install the cargo cover:

1. Open the lift gate.

2. Fix the clip*A on the lift gate lower garnish.

3. Fix the clip*B on the lift gate side garnish.

4. Hook the rope on the clip located on the liftgate side garnish.

To remove the cargo cover:

1. Open the lift gate.

2. Remove the rope from the lift gate sidegarnish.

3. Remove the clip*B from the lift gate sidegarnish.

4. Remove the clip*A from the lift gate lowergarnish.

Condition:

Black plate (111,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-ECC58B2D-F250-41F5-B8E8-7EBD4B79C5CA

POWER WINDOWSGUID-6A23709F-5277-4229-B1AD-2B7DC859B673

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and beforeclosing the windows. Use the win-dow lock switch to prevent unex-pected use of the power windows.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols and become trapped in thewindow. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

The power windows operate when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position, or for about 45seconds after the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’sdoor is opened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the windows is canceled.

SIC4533

1. Window lock button

2. Driver side window

3. Rear left passenger side window

4. Front passenger side window

5. Rear right passenger side window

Main power window switch (driver’sside)

GUID-F0D006F2-BA97-4BA8-9004-BA0E645371B0

To open or close the window, push down*A orpull up *B the switch and hold it. The mainswitch (driver side switches) will open or closeall the windows.

Locking passengers’ windowsGUID-B7C9C0EE-B507-4E3B-AA5E-FBE98158A1B8

When the lock button*C is pushed in, only thedriver side window can be opened or closed.Push it in again to cancel.

Instruments and controls 2-45

WINDOWS

Condition:

Black plate (112,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-46 Instruments and controls

SIC4523

Passenger side power window switchGUID-04E2B8E0-31B6-4403-9F3E-482646F08AA7

The passenger side switch will open or closeonly the corresponding window. To open orclose the window, push down or pull up theswitch and hold it.

SIC4524

Automatic operationGUID-F2AEDE5F-326B-4FB9-9763-AE7CE69B0980

The automatic operation is available for theswitch that has an mark on its surface.

To fully open or close the window, completelypush down or pull up the switch and release it;the switch need not be held. The window willautomatically open or close all the way. To stopthe window, just push or lift the switch in theopposite direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will cause thewindow to open or close until the switch isreleased.

Auto-reverse functionGUID-C5187523-35D8-44E8-9700-CA4CAB34864E

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing thewindow.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe window as it is closing, the window will beimmediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe window is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor 45 seconds after the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

Condition:

Black plate (113,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

If the windows do not close automaticallyGUID-B6340D93-45A3-48B4-BE8B-20DD3A8E0867

If the power window automatic function (closingonly) does not operate properly, perform thefollowing procedure to initialize the powerwindow system.

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by operatingthe power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it toclose the window, and then hold the switchmore than 3 seconds after the window isclosed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Operatethe window by the automatic function toconfirm the initialization is complete.

If the power window automatic function doesnot operate properly after performing the pro-cedure above, have your vehicle checked by aNISSAN dealer.

GUID-763E28EB-A953-4A35-A10F-6F137F82E26B

WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrownfrom the vehicle through an openmoonroof. Always use seat beltsand child restraints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body outof the moonroof opening while thevehicle is in motion or while themoonroof is closing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice orsand from the moonroof beforeopening.

. Do not place any heavy object onthe moonroof or surrounding area.

AUTOMATIC MOONROOFGUID-60D1BFD6-832F-432D-8BEE-8F0AE9FFB2B4

The moonroof only operates when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

The automatic moonroof is operational for about45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is turnedto the OFF position. If the driver’s door or thepassenger’s door is opened during this period ofabout 45 seconds, power to the moonroof iscanceled.

SunshadeGUID-F2AE68AD-35BC-4AA8-83C0-4AA506392BF1

The sunshade will open automatically when themoonroof is opened. However, it must be closedmanually.

Instruments and controls 2-47

MOONROOF (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (114,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-48 Instruments and controls

SIC4624

Sliding the moonroofGUID-F85D3D5F-862B-4CED-BA76-75CBE0FDAF74

To fully open or close the moonroof, push theswitch toward *1 or *2 and releaseit; it need not be held. The roof will automaticallyopen or close all the way. To stop the roof, pushthe switch in any direction while it is opening orclosing.

Tilting the moonroofGUID-5A375FB1-2459-4E69-B8C9-A8D87A6925A0

To tilt up, first close the moonroof by pushing theswitch toward *2 . Push the switch toward*2 again and release it; it need not be

held. To tilt down the moonroof, push the switchtoward *1 .

Auto reverse functionGUID-05D9BD58-A278-4709-A03A-80DC088F07EC

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed position whichcannot be detected. Make sure that allpassengers have their hands, etc., in-side the vehicle before closing themoonroof.

If the control unit detects something caught inthe moonroof when it is closing, the moonroofwill be immediately opened.

The auto reverse function can be activated whenthe moonroof is closed by automatic operationwhen the ignition switch is in the ON position orfor about 45 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the OFF position.

If the moonroof cannot be closed automaticallywhen the auto reverse function activates due toa malfunction, push and hold the switch toward*2 .

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

If the moonroof does not operateGUID-375D2428-A2C2-47EB-BFE4-FA7A4BDC9925

If the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initialize themoonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the switch toward*2 .

2. Push and hold the switch toward *2 totilt the moonroof up.

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the switch toward *1 tofully tilt the moonroof down.

5. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properly afterperforming the procedure above, have yourvehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer.

Condition:

Black plate (115,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-AC8C958B-C3DE-4C13-A406-ED56FDB6824E

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This couldresult in a discharged battery.

SIC4572

MAP LIGHTS (if so equipped)GUID-1B5DECC4-5E3F-4B04-8666-6F7000099558

Operate the map light switch to turn the maplight on or off.

*1 : ON position

*2 : OFF position

SIC4573

MAP LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH (if soequipped)

GUID-D030AC73-6A5E-41D1-B4E5-4C8B6A705368

The map lights control switch has three posi-tions: ON*1 , OFF*2 and center.

ON positionGUID-96EAA639-DA91-44C2-B280-951FC4FE7379

When the switch is in the ON position*1 , themap lights will illuminate.

OFF positionGUID-315173DD-FC92-4382-95FF-5966BDBA76F5

When the switch is in the OFF position*2 , themap lights will not illuminate, regardless of thecondition.

Instruments and controls 2-49

INTERIOR LIGHTS

Condition:

Black plate (116,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

2-50 Instruments and controls

Center positionGUID-2C777A6B-3617-446F-8361-A456EE072540

When the switch is in the center position, themap lights will illuminate under the followingconditions:

. ignition switch is placed in the OFF position(models with Intelligent Key system)

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. the key is removed from the ignition switch(models without Intelligent Key system)

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing the UN-LOCK button (on the keyfob orIntelligent Key) or the request switch (In-telligent Key system equipped model), withthe ignition switch in the LOCK position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. any door is opened and then closed with theignition switch in the LOCK position

— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. any door is opened with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position

— remain on while the door is opened.When the door is closed, the lights gooff.

The lights will turn off after a period oftime when the lights remain illuminated toprevent the battery from becoming dis-charged.

CARGO LIGHTGUID-4E7D7193-19FC-43A7-8050-94552D64EF00

The cargo room lights illuminate when the liftgate is opened. When the lift gate is closed, thelights will turn off.

Condition:

Black plate (117,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ................................................................................................. 3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys ...................... 3-2Intelligent Keys (if so equipped) ........................................ 3-3

Doors ............................................................................................... 3-4Locking with key ..................................................................... 3-5Locking with inside lock knob ............................................. 3-5Locking with power door lock switch ............................... 3-6Automatic door locks ............................................................ 3-6Child safety rear door lock .................................................. 3-7

Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped) .................... 3-7How to use remote keyless entry system ........................ 3-8

Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) ............................... 3-11Intelligent Key operating range ........................................ 3-13Door locks/unlocks precaution ........................................ 3-13Intelligent Key operation .................................................... 3-14Battery saver system .......................................................... 3-15

Warning lights and audible reminders ......................... 3-15Troubleshooting guide ..................................................... 3-16How to use remote keyless entry function ................. 3-17

Hood ............................................................................................ 3-20Lift gate ....................................................................................... 3-21Fuel-filler door ........................................................................... 3-21

Opening the fuel-filler door ............................................ 3-21Fuel-filler cap ..................................................................... 3-22

Tilt steering column ................................................................. 3-24Tilt operation ...................................................................... 3-24

Sun visors ................................................................................... 3-24Mirrors ........................................................................................ 3-25

Inside mirror ........................................................................ 3-25Outside mirrors .................................................................. 3-25Vanity mirror ........................................................................ 3-27

Condition:

Black plate (118,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

GUID-F7866A38-D962-41BD-9D0D-7935A4B2CC6C

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. Ifyou lose your keys, see a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number. NISSANdoes not record any key numbers so it is veryimportant to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to duplicatefrom. If you still have a key, this key can beduplicated by a NISSAN dealer.

SPA2405

1. Master key (2 sets)

2. Key number plate

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS-TEM KEYS

GUID-9558767A-D670-403A-8B4E-B67E78290A0F

Your vehicle can only be driven with the masterkeys which are registered to the NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System components in yourvehicle. These keys have a transponder chip inthe key head.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System keys. Your dealer can

duplicate your existing key. As many as 5 keyscan be used with one vehicle. You should bringall the registered keys that you have to aNISSAN dealer for registration. This is becausethe registration process will erase the memory ofall key codes previously registered into theNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After theregistration process, these components will onlyrecognize keys coded into the NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System during registration. Any keythat is not given to your dealer at the time ofregistration will no longer be able to start yourvehicle.

CAUTION

Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Im-mobilizer System key, which containsan electrical transponder, to come incontact with salt water. This couldcause the system to malfunction.

KEYS

Condition:

Black plate (119,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SPA2406

1. Intelligent Key (2 sets)

2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2 sets)

3. Key number plate

INTELLIGENT KEYS (if so equipped)GUID-70B1A049-A959-47AA-AA04-4D59E2864492

Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered to yourvehicle’s Intelligent Key system components andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo-nents. As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. The newkeys must be registered by a NISSAN dealerprior to use with the Intelligent Key system andNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of yourvehicle. Since the registration process requireserasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo-

nents when registering new keys, be sure to takeall Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSANdealer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when driving. The Intelli-gent Key is a precision device with abuilt-in transmitter. To avoid dama-ging it, please note the following.

— The Intelligent Key is waterresistant; however, wetting maydamage the Intelligent Key. Ifthe Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature isbelow 148F (-108C) degrees, thebattery of the intelligent keymay not function properly.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keyfor an extended period in aplace where temperatures ex-ceed 1408F (608C).

— Do not change or modify theIntelligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Keynear an electric appliance suchas a television set, personalcomputer or cellular phone.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Keyto come into contact with wateror salt water, and do not wash itin a washing machine. Thiscould affect the system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,NISSAN recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This willprevent the Intelligent Key fromunauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, please con-tact a NISSAN dealer.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

Condition:

Black plate (120,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2033

Mechanical keyGUID-EED60269-A431-4073-A19B-5A82DD409AD0

To remove the mechanical key, release the lockknob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it intothe Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns tothe lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedoors. (See “Doors” (P.3-4).)

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Intelligent Key.

GUID-A67171A1-8A0F-4CD6-B876-B41D1675EF9C

WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helpingto prevent persons from beingthrown from the vehicle. This alsohelps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors,and will help keep out intruders.

. Before opening any door, alwayslook for and avoid oncoming traffic.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

DOORS

Condition:

Black plate (121,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SPA2602

LOCKING WITH KEYGUID-09541342-6724-4CE2-895E-4D3E3867B102

The power door lock system allows you to lockor unlock all doors simultaneously.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder to thefront of the vehicle*1 will lock all doors andthe lift gate.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder onceto the rear of the vehicle*2 will unlock thedriver’s door. After returning the key to theneutral position, turning it to the rear againwithin 5 seconds will unlock all doors andthe lift gate.

SPA2603

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBGUID-F1B3E7C3-1DFF-477D-801B-1C2FE94310FA

To lock the door without the key, move the insidelock knob to the lock position*1 then close thedoor.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position*2 .

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA2803

Driver’s armrest

SPA2804

Passenger’s armrest

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

Condition:

Black plate (122,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

LOCKINGWITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCH

GUID-5256BBAD-C319-43C6-9C66-55957ADC778F

Operating the power door lock switch will lockor unlock all the doors. The switches are locatedon the driver’s door armrests.

To lock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the lock position*1 with the driver’sdoor open, then close the door.

When locking the door this way, be surenot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock the doors, push the power door lockswitch to the unlock position*2 .

Lockout protectionGUID-44F7A60E-83C3-4161-B6E9-F0CE6E62B151

Lockout protection function helps to prevent thekeys from being accidentally locked inside thevehicle.

For models with Intelligent Key system:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

. When the power door lock switch is movedto the lock position with the ignition switchplaced in the ACC or ON position and anydoor open, all doors will lock and thenunlock automatically.

. When the power door lock switch is movedto the lock position with the Intelligent Keyleft in the vehicle and any door open, alldoors will unlock automatically and a chimewill sound after the door is closed.

For models without Intelligent Key system:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the power door lock switch is moved tothe lock position with the key in the ignitionswitch and any door open, all doors will lock andthen unlock automatically.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKSGUID-FA60553F-2660-4078-8261-73A9AD2C0495

. All doors lock automatically when the vehiclespeed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h).

. All doors unlock automatically when theignition switch is placed in the OFF position(models with Intelligent Key system).

. All doors unlock automatically when the keyis removed from the ignition switch (modelswithout Intelligent Key system).

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated.

To deactivate or activate the automatic doorunlock system, perform the following procedure.

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

3. Within 20 seconds of performing step 2.. Push and hold the power door lock

switch to the (UNLOCK) positionfor more than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard warning lightswill flash twice. When deactivated, thehazard warning lights will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed in theOFF and ON position again between eachsetting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock when theignition is placed in the OFF position. To unlockthe door manually, use the inside lock knob orthe power door lock switch.

Condition:

Black plate (123,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SPA2801

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKGUID-23BE1446-C8BC-4A11-8767-2B460D5530B1

Child safety rear door locks help prevent the reardoors from being opened accidentally, espe-cially when small children are in the vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position

*1 , the rear doors can be opened onlyfrom the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to the unlockposition*2 .

GUID-A812A627-4FEF-4A9B-ACC5-13F863C9F0CB

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (includingthe lift gate), and activate the panic alarm byusing the keyfob from outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.

The keyfob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)

As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with onevehicle. For information concerning the pur-chase and use of additional keyfobs, contact aNISSAN dealer.

The keyfob will not function in the followingsituations.

. When the keyfob is not within the opera-tional range.

. When the doors are open or not closedsecurely.

. When the ignition switch is in the “ON”position.

. When the battery is discharged.

WARNING

The remote keyless entry keyfob trans-mits radio waves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that the radio

waves may affect aircraft navigationand communication systems. Do notoperate the keyfob while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when the unitis stored during a flight.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occur-rences will damage the keyfob.

. Do not allow the keyfob to becomewet.

. Do not drop the keyfob.

. Do not strike the keyfob sharplyagainst another object.

. If the outside temperature is below148F (−108C), the battery of theIntelligent Key may not functionproperly.

. Do not place the keyfob for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatkeyfob. This will prevent the keyfob

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM(if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (124,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

from unauthorized use to unlock thevehicle. For information regarding theerasing procedure, please contact aNISSAN dealer.

If the indicator light on the keyfob does notilluminate when pushing the buttons, the keyfobbattery may be discharged.

For information regarding the replacement of abattery, see “Key battery replacement” (P.8-22).

SPA2416

*1 LOCK button

*2 UNLOCK button

*3 PANIC button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

GUID-3C5AE86E-DE82-4764-963D-1586C159C631

Locking doorsGUID-08326D71-7DB5-4EA8-8138-C06DE3DC55B8

1. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the LOCK button *1 on thekeyfob.

4. All the doors will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton is pushed even though a door

remains open.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

. When the LOCK button is pushed withall doors locked, the hazard indicator flashestwice and the horn chirps once as areminder that the doors are already locked.

. Operate the door handles to confirm that thedoors have been securely locked.

Unlocking doorsGUID-E498A320-D20C-40FD-A945-338BF61741F0

1. Push the UNLOCK button*2 on thekeyfob.. The driver’s door unlocks.. The hazard indicator flashes once if all

doors are completely closed.

2. Push the UNLOCK button again within5 seconds.. All the doors and the lift gate unlock.. The hazard indicator flashes once if all

doors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute of pushing the UNLOCK button.

. Opening any door (including the lift gate).

. Placing the ignition switch in the ONposition.

Condition:

Black plate (125,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Using panic alarmGUID-8E7060DF-B09C-4A73-AD80-E2D3F906B2B0

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the alarm to call attention asfollows:

1. Push the PANIC button *3 on thekeyfob for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the keyfob is

pushed. (Note: the PANIC button mustbe pushed for more than 1 second.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn modeGUID-36C2E0D3-C2EA-4244-B6B6-5B802379914F

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.

If the horn chirp is not necessary, you can switchto hazard indicator only mode by following theswitching procedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator

flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is

pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the hornoperates.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

Condition:

Black plate (126,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Mode (Pushing the or button) DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Hazard indicator and horn modeHAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none

Switching procedure:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

To switch the hazard indicator and horn opera-tion, push the LOCK *1 and UNLOCK*2 buttons on the keyfob simultaneously

for more than 2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set, thehazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and horn mode isset, the hazard indicator flashes once andthe horn chirps once. NOS1695

Condition:

Black plate (127,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-469FCA8B-4CA7-4AE5-9396-44D8FD1027E9

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that theradio waves may affect aircraft na-vigation and communication sys-t ems . Do no t ope r a t e t h eIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored during a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor locks using the remote controller functionor pushing the request switch on the vehiclewithout taking the key out from a pocket orpurse. The operating environment and/or condi-tions may affect the Intelligent Key systemoperation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehi-cle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key inthe vehicle when you leave thevehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicating withthe vehicle as it receives radio waves. TheIntelligent Key system transmits weak radiowaves. Environmental conditions may interferewith the operation of the Intelligent Key systemunder the following operating conditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

. When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular phone, transceiver, andCB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contact with orcovered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remote controlis used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personal

computer.

. When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating conditionsbefore using the Intelligent Key function or usethe mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies dependingon the operating conditions, the battery’s life isapproximately 2 years. If the battery is dis-charged, replace it with a new one.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv-ing radio waves, if the key is left near equipmentwhich transmits strong radio waves, such assignals from a TV and personal computer, thebattery life may become shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “Key battery replacement” (P.8-22).

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registeredand used with one vehicle. For information aboutthe purchase and use of additional IntelligentKeys, contact a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affect

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if soequipped)

Condition:

Black plate (128,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

the system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. If the outside temperature is below148F (−108C) degrees, the battery ofthe Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment, personal computers orcellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of that

Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may preventthe unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key tooperate the vehicle. For information regardingthe erasing procedure, contact a NISSAN deal-er.

The Intelligent Key function can be disabled. Forinformation about disabling the Intelligent Keyfunction, contact a NISSAN dealer.

Condition:

Black plate (129,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SPA2074

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

GUID-9C01D882-4E20-4015-B833-757E7BE7E6C9

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the specifiedoperating range from the request switch*1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged orstrong radio waves are present near the operat-ing location, the Intelligent Key system’s operat-ing range becomes narrower, and the IntelligentKey may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm)from each request switch*1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the request

switches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone who does notcarry the Intelligent Key to push the requestswitch to lock/unlock the doors including the liftgate.

SPA2407

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION

GUID-0437DDEE-AB15-4018-8C58-38DFFB4446B8

. Do not push the door handle request switchwith the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the In-telligent Key is outside the vehicle.

. After locking with the door handle requestswitch, verify the doors are securely lockedby testing them.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key from being leftinside the vehicle, make sure you carry thekey with you and then lock the doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

Condition:

Black plate (130,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

. Do not pull the door handle before pushingthe door handle request switch. The doorwill be unlocked but will not open. Releasethe door handle once and pull it again toopen the door.

SPA2408

SPA2710

SPA2545

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONGUID-BA569644-A495-4CE9-9244-A8ECF1127EA8

You can lock or unlock the doors without takingthe key out from your pocket or bag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, youcan lock or unlock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch (driver’s or front passen-ger’s)*A or lift gate request switch*B withinthe range of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazardindicator will flash and the horn (or the outsidechime) will sound as a confirmation. For details,see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”(P.3-18).

Condition:

Black plate (131,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Locking doorsGUID-07CB5A9E-DF83-455D-A22C-2FF8A457C4EC

1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF positionand carry the Intelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch (dri-ver’s or front passenger’s) *A or the liftgate request switch*B while carrying theIntelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and theoutside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the request switch while theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

*2: Doors will not lock with the request switch whileany door is open.

*3: Doors will not lock with the request switch whenthe Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle.However, when an Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle, doors can be locked with anotherregistered Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doorsGUID-FEED93E7-A7E2-406A-BCA7-5A65AC821C9B

1. Push the door handle request switch*A orthe lift gate request switch *B whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once. The correspondingdoor or the lift gate will unlock.

3. Push the request switch again within 1minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and out-side chime sounds once again. All the doorsand the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switch whilethe doors are locked.

. Opening any door.

. Pushing the ignition switch.

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key is pushed, all

doors will be locked automatically after another1 minute.

Opening lift gateGUID-90DFB32E-039E-44A8-95E5-CAC6DC5E9FFF

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the lift gate opener switch*C .

3. The lift gate will unlock.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMGUID-817AD6BA-79E5-43BC-A0CC-216A5D867A2A

When all the following conditions are met for aperiod of time, the battery saver system will cutoff the power supply to prevent battery dis-charge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACC position,and

. All doors are closed, and

. The selector lever is in the P (Park) position(CVT).

WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLEREMINDERS

GUID-9651A744-FFA0-4CDB-B228-1C2F7BB0B640

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation of theIntelligent Key listed on the following chart orto help prevent the vehicle from being stolen,chime or beep sounds inside and outside thevehicle and a warning light illuminates or blinks.

When a chime or beep sounds or the warninglight illuminates or blinks, be sure to check thevehicle and Intelligent Key.

See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-16) and“Warning/indicator lights and audible remin-ders” (P.2-12).

Intelligent Key system warning light:

P position selecting warning light:

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Condition:

Black plate (132,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-FD003181-723A-472E-84F6-40154676082B

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switchto stop the engine

The P position selecting warning light in themeter illuminates and the inside warning chimesounds continuously (Continuously VariableTransmission models).

The selector lever is not in the P (Park)position.

Shift the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

When shifting the selector leverto the P (Park) position.

The inside warning chime sounds continuously(Continuously Variable Transmission models).

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion.

When opening the driver’s doorto get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continuously.The ignition switch is in the ACCposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion.

When closing the door after get-ting out of the vehicle

The Intelligent Key system warning light in themeter blinks in yellow, and the outside chimesounds 3 times and the inside warning chimesounds for a few seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi-tion.

The P position selecting warning light in themeter illuminates and the outside chimesounds continuously (Continuously VariableTransmission models).

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition and the selector lever is not inthe P (Park) position.

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position and push the ignition switch to theOFF position.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for a few secondsand all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the request switchor the LOCK button on theIntelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When pushing the ignition switchto start the engine

The Intelligent Key system warning light in themeter blinks in green.

The battery charge is low.Replace the battery with a new one. (See“Key battery replacement” (P.8-22).)

The Intelligent Key system warning light in themeter blinks in yellow and the inside warningchime sounds for a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switchThe Intelligent Key system warning light in themeter illuminates in yellow.

It warns of a malfunction with theIntelligent Key system.

Contact a NISSAN dealer.

Condition:

Black plate (133,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY FUNCTION

GUID-CF76A4ED-43D7-44C7-A605-BA799B1A10EE

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should con-tact the electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons arepushed. The FAA advises that theradio waves may affect aircraft na-vigation and communication sys-t ems . Do no t ope r a t e t h eIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored during a flight.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key,which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact withwater or salt water. This could affect

the system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Keysharply against another object.

. Do not change or modify the Intel-ligent Key.

. Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is comple-tely dry.

. If the outside temperature is below148F (-108C) degrees, the battery ofthe intelligent key may not functionproperly.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

. Do not attach the Intelligent Keywith a key holder that contains amagnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a mag-netic field, such as a TV, audioequipment, personal computers orcellular phone.

The remote keyless entry function can operateall door locks using the remote keyless entry

function of the Intelligent Key. The remotekeyless entry function can operate at a distanceof approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The operating distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)

The remote keyless entry function will notoperate:

. When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

. When the doors are open or not closedsecurely.

. When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

The remote keyless entry function can alsooperate the vehicle alarm.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

Condition:

Black plate (134,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2252

*1 LOCK button

*2 UNLOCK button

*3 PANIC button

When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazardindicator will flash and the horn will sound as aconfirmation. For details, see “Setting hazardindicator and horn mode” (P.3-18).

Locking doorsGUID-D5262080-ABD1-4D76-9C95-01FC9F73DFE8

1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF positionand carry the Intelligent Key with you.*

2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

3. Close all the doors.

4. Push the LOCK button *1 on theIntelligent Key.

5. All the doors and the lift gate will lock.

6. The hazard indicator flashes twice and thehorn chirps once.

*: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Operate the door handles to confirm that thedoors have been securely locked.

Unlocking doorsGUID-A93EF8B5-C1CC-498F-91E8-A405D427718F

1. Push the UNLOCK button*2 on theIntelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button again within1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All thedoors and the lift gate will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically unless oneof the following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the UNLOCK buttonwhile the doors are locked.

. Opening any door (including the lift gate).

. Pushing the ignition switch.

During this 1-minute time period, if the UNLOCKbutton is pushed, all doors will be locked

automatically after another 1 minute.

Using panic alarmGUID-513ECE9A-40D5-44E1-AED9-89539DD3CB29

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,you may activate the alarm to call attention asfollows:

1. Push the PANIC button *3 on theIntelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlights willstay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key

is pushed. (Note: the PANIC button mustbe pushed for more than 1 second.)

Setting hazard indicator and horn modeGUID-3FB89421-3312-403E-A809-6994604156A8

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and hornmode when you first receive the vehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, when theLOCK button *1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once.When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed,the hazard indicator flashes once.

If horns are not necessary, the system can beswitched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton is pushed, the hazard indicator flashestwice. When the UNLOCK button ispushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the

Condition:

Black plate (135,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

horn operates. Hazard indicator and horn mode:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switchor lift gate request switch

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

Pushing or buttonHAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switchor lift gate request switch

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - none

Pushing or buttonHAZARD - twiceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none

Switching procedure:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

To switch the hazard indicator and horn (chime)operation, push the LOCK *1 and UN-LOCK *2 buttons on the Intelligent Keysimultaneously for more than 2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set, thehazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and horn mode isset, the hazard indicator flashes once andthe horn chirps once. NOS1695

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

Condition:

Black plate (136,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

GUID-DDF67E0E-97E9-454E-A431-36E50A96E436

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause thehood to fly open and result in anaccident.

. If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

SPA2798

When opening the hood:

1. Pull the hood release handle *1 locatedbelow the instrument panel; the hood willthen spring up slightly.

2. Locate the lever *2 in between the hoodand grille, and pull the lever up with yourfingertips.

3. Raise the hood*3 .

4. Remove the support rod *4 and insert itinto the slot*5 .

Hold the coated part*A when removing orresetting the support rod. Avoid directcontact with the metal parts, as they maybe hot immediately after the engine has

been stopped.

When closing the hood:

1. While supporting the hood, return thesupport rod to its original position.

2. Slowly lower the hood to about 8 to 12 in(20 to 30 cm) above the hood lock, then letit drop.

3. Make sure it is securely latched.

HOOD

Condition:

Black plate (137,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-9CA202EA-33F9-40ED-9CE7-79784558EBE6

WARNING

. Always be sure the lift gate hasbeen closed securely to prevent itfrom opening while driving.

. Do not drive with the lift gate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.See “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-ide)” (P.5-3) of this manual.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-dents.

. Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc. inside the vehiclebefore closing the lift gate.

SPA2799

To open the lift gate, unlock it and push the liftgate opener switch*A . Pull up the lift gate toopen.

The lift gate can be unlocked by:

. pushing the UNLOCK button on thekeyfob or the Intelligent Key (if so equipped)twice.

. pushing the lift gate request switch with theIntelligent Key carried with you (if soequipped).

. pushing the power door lock switch to theunlock position.

. inserting the key into the driver’s door keycylinder and turning it to the rear of thevehicle twice.

GUID-00F653FB-C04F-403C-85F5-83A24D3090E8

SPA2336

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOORGUID-232776DC-41D5-442C-B49A-681435FB8699

To open the fuel-filler door, pull the releasehandle located below the instrument panel. Tolock, close the fuel-filler door securely.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

LIFT GATE FUEL-FILLER DOOR

Condition:

Black plate (138,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2800

FUEL-FILLER CAPGUID-D78C472D-DEB1-43D1-82E6-5180D4CDB920

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise*1to remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder*Awhile refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise*2 until asingle click is heard.

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammableand highly explosive under certainconditions. You could be burned orseriously injured if it is misused ormishandled. Always stop engineand do not smoke or allow openflames or sparks near the vehiclewhen refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possiblya fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. Ithas a built-in safety valve neededfor proper operation of the fuelsystem and emission control sys-tem. An incorrect cap can result in aserious malfunction and possibleinjury. It could also cause the mal-function indicator light to come on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody to attempt to start your vehi-cle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel containerin the vehicle or trailer. Static elec-tricity can cause an explosion offlammable liquid, vapor or gas inany vehicle or trailer. To reduce therisk of serious injury or death whenfilling portable fuel containers:

— Always place the container onthe ground when filling.

— Do not use electronic deviceswhen filling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-filler tube, then tighten until thefuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tight-en the fuel-filler cap properly may

Condition:

Black plate (139,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

cause the malfunction indicatorlight (MIL) to illuminate. If thelight illuminates because the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue todrive the vehicle. The lightshould turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turnoff after a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal-er.

For additional information, see“Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”(P.2-18).

. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warningmessage will be displayed if thefuel-filler cap is not properly tigh-tened. It may take a few driving tripsfor the message to be displayed.Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly after the LOOSE FUEL CAPwarning message is displayed maycause the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) to illuminate.

SPA2809

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning messageGUID-4BFF4E6C-EAE8-40A1-BB4E-DA2B6075AAF9

The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message isdisplayed on the vehicle information displaywhen the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctlyafter the vehicle has been refueled. It may take afew driving trips for the message to bedisplayed. To turn off the warning message, dothe following procedure:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap aspreviously described as soon as possible.

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3. Push the trip computer mode switch*A forabout 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUELCAP warning message after tightening the

fuel cap.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23

Condition:

Black plate (140,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

GUID-7AAC6169-F454-4DB3-8227-6004975E411D

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

SPA2808

TILT OPERATIONGUID-98D4C859-8310-413D-B671-8D41BD53A06D

Push the lock lever down *1 and adjust thesteering wheel up or down *2 to the desiredposition.

Pull the lock lever up *3 securely to lock thesteering wheel in place.

GUID-0C588194-A689-4766-88CA-BC25DAECEE47

SIC2872

1. To block out glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor*1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sunvisor from the center mount and swing it tothe side*2 .

TILT STEERING COLUMN SUN VISORS

Condition:

Black plate (141,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-7EFE8433-9BF0-4D21-9989-FB2D38316637

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORGUID-9C609EA8-A3B9-4975-983B-54EA13FA811E

Adjust the angle of the inside mirror to thedesired position.

SPA2143

The night position*1 will reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position*2 when driving in daylighthours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when ne-cessary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

OUTSIDE MIRRORSGUID-510D14F7-96A8-42DE-A36F-11C39E241D3B

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25

MIRRORS

Condition:

Black plate (142,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SPA2214

Adjusting outside mirrorsGUID-8B70B968-C9B3-4093-8096-7A9C567F354D

The outside mirror control switch is located atthe lower part of the instrument panel.

The outside mirror will operate only when theignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Move the switch right*1 or left*2 to selectthe right or left side mirror, then adjust*3 usingthe control switch.

Defrosting outside mirrors (if soequipped)

GUID-0E6517BD-BCCB-4DB1-84F6-0B2BB7759B83

The outside mirrors will be heated when the rearwindow defroster switch is operated. (See “Rearwindow and outside mirror defroster switch”(P.2-34).)

SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsGUID-E3E5B6C2-2DF1-49B4-809C-998B5A0A1B3B

Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward therear of the vehicle.

Condition:

Black plate (143,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SIC3869

VANITY MIRRORGUID-21E8F75F-AC0C-4F4E-9E32-61A89D0A8B52

To use the front vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and pull up the cover.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27

Condition:

Black plate (144,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (145,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone sys-tems

Safety note ..................................................................................... 4-2Control panel buttons — color screen with navigationsystem (if so equipped) ............................................................. 4-2

How to use touch screen .................................................... 4-3How to use the BACK button ............................................ 4-5How to use brightness control and displayON/OFF button ...................................................................... 4-5How to use the setup button .............................................. 4-5

Rearview monitor (if so equipped) .......................................... 4-8How to read the displayed lines ........................................ 4-9Difference between predictive andactual distances ................................................................... 4-10Operating tips ...................................................................... 4-11

Ventilators .................................................................................... 4-12Center ventilators ................................................................ 4-12Side ventilators .................................................................... 4-12

Heater and air conditioner ...................................................... 4-13Manual air conditioner (if so equipped) ........................ 4-13Automatic air conditioner (with IntegratedControl System) .................................................................. 4-17Operating tips (for automatic air conditioner) ............. 4-19

In-cabin microfilter ............................................................ 4-19Servicing air conditioner ................................................. 4-20

Audio system ............................................................................. 4-20Audio operation precautions .......................................... 4-20FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player(Type A) ............................................................................... 4-31FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player(Type B) ............................................................................... 4-39CD/USB memory care and cleaning ........................... 4-47Steering wheel switch for audio control ..................... 4-47Antenna ............................................................................... 4-48

Car phone or CB radio ........................................................... 4-49Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System .............................. 4-49

Regulatory information ..................................................... 4-51Using the system .............................................................. 4-51Control buttons .................................................................. 4-53Getting started .................................................................. 4-54List of voice commands .................................................. 4-55Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode .................................... 4-59Troubleshooting guide ..................................................... 4-61

Condition:

Black plate (146,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-2 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

GUID-A94094A4-AFB5-4790-B5D0-B9A753AE417A

WARNING

. Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result inaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

. Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result inaccident, fire or electric shock.

. In case you notice any foreignobject in the system hardware, spillliquid on it, or notice smoke or smellcoming from it, stop using thesystem immediately and contactyour nearest NISSAN dealer. Ignor-ing such conditions may lead toaccidents, fire, or electric shock.

Do not attempt to operate the system inextreme temperature conditions [below−48F (−208C) and above 1588F (708C)].Operating this system under these condi-tions may result in system malfunctions.

GUID-E5647B06-BF23-4C28-86BD-1F2657EDCFE0

SAA3377

1. (brightness control) button (P.4-5)

2. Display screen

3. MAP button*

4. NAV button*

5. TRAF button*

6. SETUP button (P.4-5)

7. BACK button (P.4-5)

8. TUNE/SCROLL knob (P.4-39)

9. Power button/Volume control knob (P.4-39)

*For navigation system control buttons, refer tothe separate Navigation System Owner’s Man-ual.

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

SAFETY NOTECONTROL PANEL BUTTONS —COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATIONSYSTEM (if so equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (147,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will discharge the battery, and theengine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“Example” — Words marked in quotes refer to akey shown only on the display. These keys canbe selected by touching the screen.

HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREENGUID-7CCFD255-7CCA-4FE0-A64E-C9A30213AA2F

CAUTION

. The glass screen on the liquidcrystal display may break if it is hitwith a hard or sharp object. If theglass screen breaks, do not touch it.Doing so could result in an injury.

. To clean the display, never use arough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thin-ner or any kind of solvent or papertowel with a chemical cleaningagent. They will scratch or deterio-rate the panel.

. Do not splash any liquid such aswater or car fragrance on the dis-play. Contact with liquid will causethe system to malfunction.

To help ensure safe driving, some functionscannot be operated while driving.

The on-screen functions that are not availablewhile driving will be “grayed out” or muted.

Park the vehicle in a safe location and thenoperate the navigation system.

WARNING

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving.

. Avoid using vehicle features thatcould distract you. If distracted,you could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

SAA3422

Touch screen operationGUID-CD4EA79D-C541-401C-AA35-FFD7D9FF5056

Selecting the item:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Touch an item to select. For example, to selectthe “Audio” key, touch the “Audio” key *1 onthe screen.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3

Condition:

Black plate (148,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-4 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

SAA3387

Adjusting the item:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

For screens where an item can be adjustedincrementally, such as when adjusting the bassand treble for the audio system, touch the “+”key*1 or the “−” key*2 to adjust the settingsof an item.

When there are more items than can bedisplayed on one screen, touch the up arrow*3 to scroll up the page or touch the downarrow*4 to scroll down the page.

SAA3388

Other items are adjusted by selecting one of aset number of conditions. For example, theDisplay Mode can be set to “Automatic”, “Day”or “Night”. To adjust this type of item, touch theitem *1 . The item will cycle through theavailable settings and the red indicator lightsto the left of the setting condition*2 will comeon or turn off accordingly.

SAA3389

Inputting characters:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Touch the letter key*1 .

There are some options available when inputtingcharacters.

. 123/ABC:

Changes the available character set tonumbers.

. Space:

Inserts a space.

. Delete:

Deletes the last inputted character with onetouch. Touch and hold the “Delete” key todelete all of the characters.

Condition:

Black plate (149,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

. OK:

Completes the character input.

Touch screen maintenanceGUID-A06315D6-6E46-45A2-8099-31B0E0B76BC2

If you clean the display screen, use a dry, softcloth. If additional cleaning is necessary, use asmall amount of neutral detergent with a softcloth. Never spray the screen with water ordetergent. Dampen the cloth first and then wipethe screen.

HOW TO USE THE BACK BUTTONGUID-3740FEE7-3592-425C-A33E-F3B5A6086A14

Push the BACK button to return to theprevious screen.

HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON-TROL AND DISPLAY ON/OFF BUTTON

GUID-5C8B1E99-76BC-4973-B280-12CEBBF52F12

To change the display brightness, push thebutton. Pushing the button again will change thedisplay to the day or the night display.

If no operation is performed within 5 seconds,the display will return to the previous display.

Push and hold the button for more than twoseconds to turn the display off. Push the buttonagain to turn the display on.

SAA3390

HOW TO USE THE SETUP BUTTONGUID-446AA637-171D-454C-8490-20F3BA575AD2

When the SETUP button is pushed, the Setupscreen will appear on the display. You can selectand/or adjust several functions, features andmodes that are available for your vehicle.

SAA3423

Audio setupGUID-202AEEA4-723F-43FA-BBF0-B9676A7F0A5A

Select the “Audio” key to adjust the followingitems to the preferred setting. These settingscan also be displayed by pushing the AUDIObutton (TUNE/SCROLL knob).

Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Controls the sound of the audio system. Balanceadjusts the sound between the left and rightspeakers. Fade adjusts the sound between thefront and rear speakers.

Speed Volume:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Controls the level to which the volume isadjusted as the vehicle’s driving speed changes.Choose a setting between 1 and 5 or choose 0

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-5

Condition:

Black plate (150,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-6 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

to disable the feature entirely.

AUX Level:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Controls the volume level of incoming soundwhen an auxiliary device is connected to thesystem. Available options are Quiet, Mediumand Loud.

Navigation setupGUID-3EFB012C-F2C5-41F3-BBBB-4485DDADCA81

Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for information regarding this item.

XM setupGUID-11A982AF-5034-427F-9B90-77832221F770

For SiriusXM Satellite Radio setup, refer to “FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc (CD) player(Type B)” (P.4-39).

SAA3391

System setupGUID-AADB642F-B2B4-44E5-97CC-DC2DAA28F744

Select the “System” key to select and/or adjustvarious functions of the system. A screen withadditional options will appear.

SAA3392

Display:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Select the “Display” key to adjust the appear-ance of the display. The following settings canbe adjusted:

. Brightness:

The brightness of the display can be set to VeryBright, Bright, Default, Dark or Very Dark. Touchthe “Brightness” key to cycle through theoptions.

. Display Mode:

The display can be adjusted to fit the level oflighting in the vehicle. Touch the “Display Mode”key to cycle through the options. “Day” and“Night” modes are suited for the respective

Condition:

Black plate (151,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

times of day, while “Automatic” controls thedisplay automatically.

. Scroll Direction:

The direction that menus scroll can be adjusted.Choose either “up” or “down”.

SAA3393

Clock:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Select the “Clock” key to adjust the time and theappearance of the clock on the display. Thefollowing settings can be adjusted:

. Time Format:

The clock can be set to 12 hours or 24 hours.

. Use GPS Clock:

When this setting is activated, the clock is setand continually updated via the GPS used bythe Navigation System.

. Set Clock Manually:

When this setting is activated, the clock can beset manually. Touch the “+” or “−” key to adjustthe hours and minutes up or down.

. Daylight Savings Time:

When this setting is activated, daylight savingstime is on. Touch the “Daylight Savings Time”key to toggle the setting on or off.

. Time Zone:

Choose the applicable time zone from the list.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7

Condition:

Black plate (152,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-8 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

SAA3395

Language:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Select the “Language” key to adjust thelanguage used by the system. The languagecan be set to English, Francais or Espanol.

Touch click:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Select the “Touch Click” key to toggle the touchclick feature on or off. When activated, a clicksound will be heard every time a key on thescreen is touched.

Beep tones:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Select the “Beep Tones” key to toggle the beeptones feature on or off. When activated, a beepsound will be heard when a pop-up messageappears on the screen or a button on the unit

(such as the button) is pressed and held fortwo seconds.

Reset all settings/memory:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Select the “Reset All Settings/Memory” key toreturn all settings to default and to clear thememory.

Traffic Info setupGUID-2B2C7F3D-0740-4693-AF6F-14E43A6C1D6B

Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual for information regarding this item.

GUID-E32CDD38-B834-4D2E-9F15-7E5C88FAB9C5

When the selector lever or shift lever is shiftedinto the R (Reverse) position, the monitor displayshows the view to the rear of the vehicle.

The system is�designed as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallelparking.

WARNING

. The RearView Monitor is a conve-nience but it is not a substitute tocheck behind the vehicle whenbacking up.

. The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

. Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.

. Objects in the RearView Monitorwill appear visually opposite likeones viewed in the inside and out-side mirrors.

. Make sure that the lift gate issecurely closed when backing up.

. Underneath the bumper and thecorner areas of the bumper cannotbe viewed on the RearView Monitor

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)

Condition:

Black plate (153,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

because of its monitoring rangelimitation.

. Do not put anything on the Rear-View camera. The RearView camerais installed above the license plate.

. When washing the vehicle withhigh-pressure water, be sure not tospray it around the camera. Other-wise, water may enter the cameraunit causing water condensation onthe lens, a malfunction, fire or anelectric shock.

. Do not strike the camera. It is aprecision instrument. Otherwise, itmay malfunction or cause damageresulting in a fire or an electricshock.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the lens.

SAA2776

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

GUID-D20F3487-0821-4A93-857D-7074E42B5DCE

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference to thebumper line*A are displayed on the monitor.

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the bumper.

. Red line*1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

. Yellow line*2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

. Green line*3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

. Green line*4 : approx. 10 ft (3 m)

Vehicle width guide lines*5 :

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

SAA1978

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9

Condition:

Black plate (154,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-10 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVEAND ACTUAL DISTANCES

GUID-B0CBD45C-C473-4E14-9E08-0ADAA810B264

Backing up on a steep uphillGUID-ABB4F164-EF54-4B24-ACD2-1C3596241898

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown closer than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to theplace*A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance onthe hill is the place*B . Note that any object onthe hill is viewed in the monitor further than itappears.

SAA1979

Backing up on a steep downhillGUID-95A46842-4AE4-436D-95B9-7D9305583349

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle width guidelines are shown further than the actual distance.For example, the display shows 3 ft (1 m) to theplace*A , but the actual 3 ft (1 m) distance onthe hill is the place*B . Note that any object on

the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than itappears.

Condition:

Black plate (155,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SAA3440

Backing up near a projecting objectGUID-F370889E-AE3E-48B1-B16D-CDD8392EB4C2

The vehicle may seem to nearly clear the objectin the display. However, the vehicle may hit theobject if it projects over the actual backing upcourse.

SAA3475

Backing up behind a projecting objectGUID-70E6106B-86E9-438A-A902-BC87B53ECD27

The position *C is shown further than theposition *B in the display. However, theposition *C is actually at the same distanceas the position *A . The vehicle may hit theobject when backing up to the position *A ifthe object projects over the actual backing up

course.

OPERATING TIPSGUID-EFFF2C63-07DF-4C45-BC34-87E0A099AC03

. When the selector lever or shift lever isshifted to the R (Reverse) position, themonitor screen automatically changes tothe RearView Monitor mode. However, theradio can be heard.

. When the view is switched, the displayimages on the screen may be displayed withsome delay.

. When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly displayobjects. This is not a malfunction.

. When strong light is directly coming on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly. This is not a malfunction.

. Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper. This is not a malfunction.

. The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight. This is not a malfunction.

. The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from the actualcolor of objects. This is not a malfunction.

. Objects on the monitor may not be clear in adark environment. This is not a malfunction.

. If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay object clearly. Clean the camera.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11

Condition:

Black plate (156,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-12 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discolora-tion. To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaning agentand then wipe with a dry cloth.

. Do not damage the camera as the monitorscreen may be adversely affected.

. Do not use wax on the camera window.Wipe off any wax with a clean clothdampened with mild detergent diluted withwater.

GUID-61D1CD55-228C-4E52-9461-782B71C38C8B

SAA3338

CENTER VENTILATORSGUID-64E14B11-BF5F-4D35-97C4-552604CBA3E1

Adjust the air flow direction of ventilators asillustrated.

Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators bymoving the center knob (up/down and left/right)until the preferred position is achieved.

SAA2381

SIDE VENTILATORSGUID-032F27BA-821C-405D-8DDF-C8E8265CDAB1

Open or close the vents, and adjust the air flowdirection of ventilators as illustrated.

VENTILATORS

Condition:

Black plate (157,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-F6744F12-5D11-4E4D-82E1-CE3DF32B9B61

WARNING

. The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Onhot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Do not use the recirculation modefor long periods as it may cause theinterior air to become stale and thewindows to fog up.

Start the engine and operate the heater and theair conditioner system.

SAA3447

1. Air intake lever (Outside air circulation /Airrecirculation )

2. Air flow control dial

3. Fan speed control dial

4. A/C (Air Conditioner) button

5. Temperature control dial

6. Rear window defroster button (See “Rearwindow and outside mirror defroster switch”(P.2-34).)

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, turn thefan speed control dial to the OFF (0)position.

MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER (if soequipped)

GUID-0B7EAAF5-3B63-4A28-A9B4-0A19613BC0A2

ControlsGUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Outside air circulation:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Move the air intake lever to the position. Theair flow is drawn from outside the vehicle.

Air recirculation:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Move the air intake lever to the position. Theair flow is circulated inside the vehicle.

Air flow control:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Turn the air flow control dial to change the airflow mode.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

Condition:

Black plate (158,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-14 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

— Air flows from the center and sideventilators.

— Air flows from the center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

— Air flows from the defroster and footoutlets.

— Air flows mainly from the defroster outlets.

. When the or position is selected,the air conditioner will automatically turn on.This will dehumidify the air and help to defogthe windows. The A/C indicator light willilluminate when the air conditioner automa-tically turns on. The air conditioner and A/Cindicator light will remain on in all flowcontrol modes until the A/C button ispushed or the fan control dial is turned to off.

Fan speed control:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Turn the fan speed control dial clockwise toincrease the fan speed.

Turn the fan speed control dial counter-clockwise to decrease the fan speed.

A/C (Air Conditioner) operation:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the A/C button to turn on or off the airconditioner. When the air conditioner is on, theA/C indicator light on the button illuminates.

Temperature control:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Turn the temperature control dial to set thedesired temperature. Turn the dial between themiddle and the right position to select the hottemperature. Turn the dial between the middleand the left position to select the cool tempera-ture.

Heater operationGUID-C8150974-E365-4C3D-88F2-33DCA6CCD2F4

Heating:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

This mode is used to direct heated air to the footoutlets.

1. Move the air intake lever to the position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle and thehot (right) position.

Ventilation:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

This mode directs outside air to the side andcenter ventilators.

1. Move the air intake lever to the position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

Defrosting or defogging:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

This mode directs the air to the defroster outletsto defrost/defog the windows.

1. Move the air intake lever to the position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle and thehot (right) position.

. To remove frost from the outside surface ofthe windshield quickly, turn the temperaturecontrol dial to the maximum hot position andthe fan speed control dial to themaximum position.

. When the position is selected, the airconditioner will automatically turn on. Thiswill dehumidify the air and help to defog thewindows. The A/C indicator light will illumi-nate when the air conditioner automaticallyturns on. The air conditioner and A/Cindicator light will remain on in all flowcontrol modes until the A/C button ispushed or the fan control dial is turned to off.

Condition:

Black plate (159,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Bi-level heating:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

This mode directs cool air from the side andcenter vents and warm air from the foot outlets.When the temperature control dial is turned tothe maximum hot or cool position, the airbetween the ventilators and the foot outlets isthe same temperature.

1. Move the air intake lever to the position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Heating and defogging:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

This mode heats the interior and defogs thewindows.

1. Move the air intake lever to the position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

When the position is selected, the airconditioner will automatically turn on. This willdehumidify the air and help to defog the

windows. The A/C indicator light will illuminatewhen the air conditioner automatically turns on.The air conditioner and A/C indicator light willremain on in all flow control modes until the A/Cbutton is pushed or the fan control dial is turnedto off.

Air conditioner operationGUID-6B0AC811-3583-46CD-A00A-10ACB2584EE9

The air conditioner system should be operatedfor approximately 10 minutes at least once amonth. This helps prevent damage to the airconditioner system due to the lack of lubrication.

Cooling:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.

1. Move the air intake lever to the position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicatorlight will illuminate.)

5. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle and thecool (left) position.

. For quick cooling when the outside tem-perature is high, move the air intake lever tothe position. Be sure to move the airintake lever to the position for normal

cooling.

. A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the airis cooled rapidly. This does not indicate amalfunction.

Dehumidified heating:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

This mode is used to heat and dehumidify theair.

1. Move the air intake lever to the position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

4. Push the A/C button on. (The A/C indicatorlight will illuminate.)

5. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middle and thehot (right) position.

Dehumidified defogging:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

This mode is used to defog the windows anddehumidify the air.

1. Move the air intake lever to the position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial to thedesired position.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15

Condition:

Black plate (160,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-16 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

When the position is selected, the airconditioner will automatically turn on. This willdehumidify the air and help to defog thewindows. The A/C indicator light will illuminatewhen the air conditioner automatically turns on.The air conditioner and A/C indicator light willremain on in all flow control modes until the A/Cbutton is pushed or the fan control dial is turnedto off.

SAA3443

1. AUTO button/Temperature control dial

2. OFF button

3. A/C button

4. CLIMATE button

5. Display screen*

6. Air flow control buttons

7. Fan speed control dial

8. Front defroster button

9. Air intake button (Outside air circulation /Airrecirculation )

10. Rear window defroster button (See “Rearwindow and outside mirror defroster switch”(P.2-34).)

*: Temperature is displayed in 8F (US) or 8C(Canada).

Condition:

Black plate (161,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER (withIntegrated Control System)

GUID-E5656247-BCEF-4D17-B8ED-1DDD0B568CAB

Automatic operation (AUTO)GUID-EA5A1D8F-7A77-47B0-ADB5-C8E5A7F686B7

The AUTO mode may be used year-round as thesystem automatically controls constant tempera-ture, air flow distribution and fan speed.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, pushthe CLIMATE button to change to the ClimateControl Mode, then push the OFF button.

Cooling and dehumidified heating:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

1. Push the AUTO button. (The AUTO indicatorwill be displayed.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set thepreferred temperature. The temperaturerange is between 608F (188C) and 908F(328C).

A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate a mal-function.

Heating (A/C off):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

1. Push the CLIMATE button to change to theClimate Control Mode.

2. Push the AUTO button. (The AUTO indicatorwill be displayed.)

3. If the A/C indicator light illuminates, push theA/C button. (The A/C indicator light will turnoff.)

4. Turn the temperature control dial to set thepreferred temperature. The temperaturerange is between 608F (188C) and 908F(328C).. Do not set the temperature lower than the

outside air temperature. Doing so maycause the temperature to not be con-trolled properly.

. If the windows fog up, use dehumidifiedheating by pushing the A/C button (theA/C indicator light will illuminate).

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

1. Push the front defroster button. (Theindicator light will illuminate.)

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set thepreferred temperature.. To remove moisture or fog on the front

window quickly, set the temperature tothe high temperature and the fan speedto their maximum level.

. After the windshield is cleared, push thefront defroster button again. (Theindicator light will turn off.)

. When the front defroster button ispushed, the air conditioner will automa-

tically turn on to defog the windshield.The outside air circulation mode will beselected to improve the defogging per-formance.

. When the position is selected, theair recirculation mode cannot be turnedon to prevent the windows from beingfogged up.

Manual operationGUID-3EFCC2B5-D341-447E-B937-C69EC1981FF8

The manual mode can be used to control theheater and air conditioner to your desiredsettings.

To turn off the heater and air conditioner, pushthe OFF button.

If the Drive Mode is indicated on the screen,push the CLIMATE button to change to theClimate Control Mode, then push the OFFbutton.

Fan speed control:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Turn the fan speed control dial to adjust thefan speed.

Air flow control:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the air flow control buttons to change theair flow mode:

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17

Condition:

Black plate (162,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-18 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

— Air flows from the center and sideventilators.

— Air flows from the center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

— Air flows from the defroster outlets andfoot outlets.

Temperature control:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Turn the temperature control dial to set thepreferred temperature.

The temperature range is between 608F (188C)and 908F (328C).

Air recirculation:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the air intake button to change the aircirculation mode. When the indicator lightilluminates, the flowing air is recirculated insidethe vehicle.

. When the or position is selected,the air recirculation mode cannot be turnedon to prevent the windows from beingfogged up.

Outside air circulation:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the air intake button to change the aircirculation mode. When the indicator lightilluminates, the flowing air is drawn from outsidethe vehicle.

Automatic air intake control:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push and hold the outside air circulation “ ”/air recirculation “ ” button for more than 1.5seconds to set the automatic control betweenthe outside air circulation and air recirculationmodes.

When the “ ” or “ ” position is selected,the air recirculation mode does not activate.

When setting the automatic control mode, theindicator lights “ ” and “ ” will blink twiceindicating that the system is in the automaticcontrol mode.

SAA3378

Air conditioner mode screen

SAA3379

Drive mode screen

Condition:

Black plate (163,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Displaying Climate controlGUID-F698EF0E-FF82-497B-A075-EDA6612CE5F6

When in “Climate Control Mode”, the selectedtemperature and airflow, and automatic mode ormanual mode are indicated on the display.

When in “Drive Mode”, the same items as aboveare indicated, but on the bottom of the display.

To switch to “Climate Control Mode”, press theCLIMATE control mode select button.

Setting climate ECOGUID-D64B3B69-5EBD-4ADD-B114-9DE5C32FFD80

When in “Drive Mode”, CLIMATE ECO can beswitched on or off. When CLIMATE ECO isswitched on, the climate control system oper-ates to enhance fuel economy.

See “Setting the climate ECO mode” (P.5-27).

SAA2368

SAA3441

OPERATING TIPS (for automatic airconditioner)

GUID-0CAD1583-372A-44FE-BAC7-174E3DF52F96

. When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air flowfrom the foot outlets may not operate. This isnot a malfunction. After the coolant tem-perature warms up, air will flow normallyfrom the foot outlets.

. The automatic air conditioner is equippedwith sensors as illustrated. The sensors*Aand *B on the instrument panel helpmaintain a constant temperature. Do notput anything on or around these sensors.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERGUID-C6D3FA40-DA1E-49EA-83BF-EFD310A3448A

The air conditioning system is equipped with anin-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, pollen,dust, etc. To make sure the air conditioner heats,defogs, and ventilates efficiently, replace thefilter according to the specified maintenance logshown in the NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide. To replace the filter, contact a NISSANdealer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fogup easily when operating the heater or airconditioning system.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19

Condition:

Black plate (164,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-20 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONERGUID-B5C6FE62-1A42-48C1-9AE1-B0167BBB8E1A

The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ischarged with a refrigerant designed with theenvironment in mind. This refrigerant will notharm the earth’s ozone layer. Special char-ging equipment and lubricant are required whenservicing your NISSAN air conditioner. Usingimproper refrigerants or lubricants will causesevere damage to your air conditioner system.(See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-cants” (P.9-2) for air conditioner system refrig-erant and lubricant recommendations.)

A NISSAN dealer will be able to service yourenvironmentally friendly air conditioner system.

WARNING

The system contains refrigerant underhigh pressure. To avoid personal injury,any air conditioner service should bedone only by an experienced technicianwith the proper equipment.

GUID-12293C34-B52D-459D-8938-1D72052450B5

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONSGUID-4E771DD8-F559-4351-AB5E-78EA8C2D203D

RadioGUID-7E775105-86FF-4980-8793-C9A43E44715A

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition and push the PWR (power/VOL (vo-lume)) control to turn on the radio. If you listen tothe radio with the engine not running, the ignitionswitch should be placed in the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signalstrength, distance from radio transmitter, build-ings, bridges, mountains and other externalinfluences. Intermittent changes in receptionquality normally are caused by these externalinfluences.

Using a cellular phone in or near thevehicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are designed toextend reception range, and to enhance thequality of that reception.

However there are some general characteristicsof both FM and AM radio signals that can affectradio reception quality in a moving vehicle, evenwhen the finest equipment is used. Thesecharacteristics are completely normal in a givenreception area, and do not indicate any mal-

function in your NISSAN radio system.

Reception conditions will constantly changebecause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,signal distance and interference from othervehicles can work against ideal reception.Described below are some of the factors thatcan affect your radio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise to comefrom the audio system speakers. Storing thedevice in a different location may reduce oreliminate the noise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (165,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SAA0306

FM radio reception:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural (singlestation) FM having slightly more range thanstereo FM. External influences may sometimesinterfere with FM station reception even if theFM station is within 25 miles (40 km). Thestrength of the FM signal is directly related to thedistance between the transmitter and receiver.FM signals follow a line-of-sight path, exhibitingmany of the same characteristics as light. Forexample they will reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away froma station transmitter, the signals will tend to fadeand/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference frombuildings, large hills or due to antenna position,usually in conjunction with increased distancefrom the station transmitter, static or flutter canbe heard. This can be reduced by lowering thetreble setting to reduce the treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflectivecharacteristics of FM signals, direct and re-flected signals reach the receiver at the sametime. The signals may cancel each other,resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM radio reception:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

AM signals, because of their low frequency, canbend around objects and skip along the ground.In addition, the signals can be bounced off theionosphere and bent back to earth. Because ofthese characteristics. AM signals are alsosubject to interference as they travel fromtransmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areas withmany tall buildings. It can also occur for severalseconds during ionospheric turbulence even inareas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

Satellite radio reception (if so equipped):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the satellite radio is used for the first timeor the battery has been replaced, the satelliteradio may not work properly. This is not amalfunction. Wait more than 10 minutes with thesatellite radio ON and the vehicle away from anymetal or large buildings for the satellite radio toreceive all of the necessary data.

The satellite radio mode requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The sa-tellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii andGuam.

Satellite radio performance may be affected ifcargo carried on the roof blocks the satelliteradio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo near the satelliteantenna.

A buildup of ice on the satellite radio antennacan affect satellite radio performance. Removethe ice to restore satellite radio reception.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21

Condition:

Black plate (166,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-22 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

SAA0480

Compact Disc (CD) playerGUID-7A97F8B3-4B15-4845-953F-76679ED50BB3

. Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD player.

. During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to thehumidity. If this occurs, remove the CD

and dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

. The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

. The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the passenger compartmenttemperature is extremely high. De-crease the temperature before use.

. Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.

. Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

. CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints,or that have pin holes may not workproperly.

. The following CDs may not work prop-erly:

— Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

— Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

— Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

. Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion.

— 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

— CDs that are not round

— CDs with a paper label

— CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

. This audio system can only play pre-recorded CDs. It has no capabilities torecord or burn CDs.

. If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

Check Disc:

— Confirm that the CD is insertedcorrectly (the label side is facingup, etc.).

— Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

Push Eject:

This is an error due to the temperatureinside the player is too high. Removethe CD by pushing the EJECT button,and after a short time reinsert the CD.The CD can be played when the tem-perature of the player returns to nor-mal.

Unplayable Track:

The file is unplayable in this audiosystem (only MP3 or WMA CD).

Condition:

Black plate (167,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Interface System for iPod® (modelswithout USB port)

GUID-9E9C7C03-8D28-4861-A2D5-67815A712043

. Some characters used in other languages(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are not displayedproperly on the vehicle display. We recom-mend using English language characterswith an iPod®.

. Large video podcast files cause slowresponses in the iPod®. The vehicle displaymay momentarily black out, but it will soonrecover.

. If the iPod® automatically selects large videopodcast files while in the shuffle mode, thevehicle display may momentarily black out,but it will soon recover.

. Improperly plugging in the iPod® may causea checkmark to be displayed on and off(flickering). Always make sure that the iPod®

is connected properly.

. The iPod nano® (2nd Generation) willcontinue to fast forward or rewind if it isdisconnected during a seek operation.

. An incorrect song title may appear when thePlay Mode is changed while using the iPodnano® (2nd Generation).

. Audiobooks may not play in the same orderas they appear on the iPod®.

. The iPod nano® (1st Generation) mayremain in fast forward or rewind mode if itis connected during a seek operation. In thiscase, please manually reset the iPod®.

. If you are using an iPod® (3rd Generationwith Dock connector), do not use very longnames for the song title, album name orartist name to avoid the iPod® from resettingitself.

. Be careful not to do the following, or thecable could be damaged and a loss offunction may occur.

— Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40mm) radius minimum).

— Twist the cable excessively (more than180 degrees).

— Pull or drop the cable.

— Store objects with sharp edges in thestorage where the cable is stored.

— Spill liquids on the cable and connectors.

. Do not connect the cable to the iPod® if thecable and/or connectors are wet. It maydamage the iPod®.

. If the cable and connectors are exposed towater, allow the cable and/or connectors todry completely before connecting the cableto the iPod® (wait 24 hours for it to dry).

. If the connector is exposed to fluids otherthan water, evaporative residue may cause ashort between the connector pins. In thiscase, replace the cable, otherwise damageto the iPod® and a loss of function mayoccur.

. If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,connectors cracked, contamination such asliquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), donot use the cable and contact a NISSANdealer to replace the cable with a new one.

. When not in use for extended periods oftime, store the cable in a clean, dust freeenvironment at room temperature and with-out direct sun exposure.

. Do not use the cable for any other purposesother than its intended use in the vehicle.

. iPod® charging is only possible for devicesthat support charging via a FireWire®

connection.

* 12V-charge iPod®s are not chargeable withthis system.

* iPod®, iPhone® and FireWire® are trademarksof Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23

Condition:

Black plate (168,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-24 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

USB (Universal Serial Bus) device (if soequipped)

GUID-AE871D1B-37D8-4EF8-B321-689D7D95CD8C

WARNING

Do not connect or disconnect the USBdevice while driving. Doing so can be adistraction. If distracted you could losecontrol of your vehicle and cause anaccident or serious injury.

CAUTION

. Do not force the USB device into theUSB port. Inserting the USB devicetilted or up-side-down into the portmay damage the USB device andthe port. Make sure that the USBdevice is connected correctly intothe USB port.

. Do not grab the USB port cover (ifso equipped) when pulling the USBdevice out of the port. This coulddamage the port and the cover.

. Do not leave the USB cable in aplace where it can be pulled unin-tentionally. Pulling the cable may

break the wire, USB device or theport.

. To avoid damage and loss of func-tion when using a USB device, notethe following precautions.

— Do not bend the cable exces-sively 1.6 in (40 mm) radiusminimum.

— Do not twist the cable exces-sively (more than 180 degrees).

— Do not pull or drop the cable.

— Do not hit or press the USB portor USB device with hands, feet,or objects.

— Do not store objects with sharpedges in the storage area wherethe cable is stored.

— Do not leave the USB device andattached devices in the vehiclecompartment. When not in usefor extended periods of time,store the cable and USB devicein a clean, dust free environmentat room temperature and with-out direct sun exposure.

— Do not use the cable for anyother purposes than its intended

use in the vehicle.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device.USB devices should be purchased separatelyas necessary.

This system cannot be used to format USBdevices. To format a USB device, use a personalcomputer.

In some states/area, the USB device for thefront seats plays only sound without images forregulatory reasons, even when the vehicle isparked.

This system supports various USB memorydevices, USB hard drives and iPod® players.Some USB devices may not be supported bythis system.

. Partitioned USB devices may not playcorrectly.

. Some characters used in other languages(Chinese, Japanese, etc.) may not appearproperly in the display. Using English lan-guage characters with a USB device isrecommended.

General notes for USB use:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

. The USB device may not function when thepassenger compartment temperature is ex-tremely high. Lower the temperature beforeuse.

Condition:

Black plate (169,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

. During cold weather or rainy days, the playermay malfunction due to humidity. If thisoccurs, remove the USB device and dehu-midify or ventilate the USB player comple-tely.

. Do not connect a USB device if a connector,cable or USB port is wet. Allow theconnector, cable, and USB port to drycompletely before connecting the USBdevice. (Wait for 24 hours or more until itis dry.) If the connector and USB port areexposed to fluids other than water, evapora-tive residue may cause a short circuitbetween the connector pins and USB port.In this case, replace the cable and USB port.Otherwise damage to the USB device and aloss of function may occur.

. If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,connectors cracked, contamination such asliquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connectors), donot use the cable. Replace the cable with anew one.

. Do not put a USB device in a location wherestatic electricity occurs, electrical noise isgenerated or hot air from the air conditionerblows directly on it. Doing so may cause thedata stored on the USB device to becorrupted.

Notes for iPod® use:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

. Improperly plugging in the iPod® may causea checkmark to be displayed on and off(flickering). Always make sure that the iPod®

is connected properly.

. An iPod nano® (1st Generation) may remainin fast forward or rewind mode if it isconnected during a seek operation. In thiscase, please manually reset the iPod®.

. An iPod nano® (2nd Generation) will con-tinue to fast-forward or rewind if it isdisconnected during a seek operation.

. An incorrect song title may appear when thePlay Mode is changed while using an iPodnano® (2nd Generation)

. Audiobooks may not play in the same orderas they appear on an iPod®.

. Large video files cause slow responses in aniPod®. The vehicle display may momentarilyblack out, but will soon recover.

. If an iPod® automatically selects large videofiles while in the shuffle mode, the vehicledisplay may momentarily black out, but willsoon recover.

Compressed Audio Files (MP3/WMA)GUID-263884C1-9C65-489A-A9F6-D164918D2D63

Explanation of terms:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

. MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving PicturesExperts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well known compressed digital audiofile format. This format allows for near “CDquality” sound, but at a fraction of the size ofnormal audio files. MP3 conversion of anaudio track can reduce the file size byapproximately a 10:1 ratio (Sampling: 44.1kHz, Bit rate: 128 kbps) with virtually noperceptible loss in quality. The compressionreduces certain parts of sound that seeminaudible to most people.

. WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA) is acompressed audio format created by Micro-soft as an alternative to MP3. The WMAcodec offers greater file compression thanthe MP3 codec, enabling storage of moredigital audio tracks in the same amount ofspace when compared to MP3s at the samelevel of quality.

. Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital music file.The size and quality of a compressed digitalaudio file is determined by the bit rate usedwhen encoding the file.

. Sampling frequency — Sampling frequencyis the rate at which the samples of a signal

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25

Condition:

Black plate (170,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-26 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

are converted from analog to digital (A/Dconversion) per second.

. Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writingdata once to the media is called a singlesession, and writing more than once iscalled a multisession.

. ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digital musicfile such as song title, artist, album title,encoding bit rate, track time duration, etc.ID3 tag information is displayed on theAlbum/Artist/Track title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are regis-tered trademarks or trademarks of MicrosoftCorporation in the United States of Americaand/or other countries.

SAA1025

Playback order chart

Playback order:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Music playback order of a CD with MP3 orWMA files is as illustrated.

. The names of folders not containing MP3 orWMA files are not shown in the display.

. If there is a file in the top level of the disc,“Root Folder” is displayed.

. The playback order is the order in which thefiles were written by the writing software.Therefore, the files might not play in thedesired order.

Condition:

Black plate (171,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A)):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systemsCD, CD-R, CD-RW: ISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not supported.* Files saved using the Live File System component (on a Windows Vista-based computer) are not supported.

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1 Audio Layer 3, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR*4

WMA*2

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 32 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR (Ver.9)*4

Tag information (Song title and Artist name)ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3, VER2.4 (MP3 only)

WMA tag (WMA only)

Folder levels CD, CD-R, CD-RW Folder levels: 8, Folders and files: 999 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Displayable character codes*301: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM BigEndian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Protected WMA files (DRM) cannot be played.

*3 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

*4 When VBR files are played, the playback time may not be displayed correctly.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27

Condition:

Black plate (172,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-28 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Specification chart (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type B)):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW, USB2.0

Supported file systemsISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Apple ISO, Romeo, Joliet * ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is notsupported.

Supportedversions*1

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

WMA

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR

Tag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)

Folder levels Folder levels: 8, Max folders: 255 (including root folder), Files: 512 (Max. 255 files for one folder)

Displayable character codes*201: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16 BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOM BigEndian), 05: UNICODE (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16 BOM Little Endian)

*1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played.

*2 Available codes depend on what kind of media, versions and information are going to be displayed.

Condition:

Black plate (173,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type A)):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player, and if there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using theplayer.

If there is a temperature increase error, the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and compressed audio files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) willbe played.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3 (.mp3)”, “.WMA (.wma)”, “.AAC (.aac)” or “.M4A (.m4a)” cannot be played. In addition, thecharacter codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format. This may occur depending on the variation or the setting ofcompressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright.

Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

It takes a relatively long time beforethe music starts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device, some time may be required before the music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might notmatch the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next songwhen playing.

If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like .MP3, or when play is prohibited by copyrightprotection, the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in thedesired order.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software, so the files might not play in the desired order.

Random/Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29

Condition:

Black plate (174,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-30 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Troubleshooting guide (for FM-AM-SAT Radio with Compact Disc (CD) player (Type B)):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using the player.

If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will beplayed.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes and number ofcharacters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Check if the finalization process, such as session close and disc close, is done for the disc.

Check if the disc is protected by copyright.

Poor sound qualityCheck if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time beforethe music starts playing.

If there are many folders or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required before themusic starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., might notmatch the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the next songwhen playing

When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, .“mp3” or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited bycopyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.

Songs do not play back in thedesired order

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play in the desiredorder.

Condition:

Black plate (175,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SAA2782

1. MUTE button

2. DISP (display)/TEXT button

3. FM·AM radio band select button

4. CD PLAY button

5. Radio station preset buttons

6. iPod® button

7. AUX (auxiliary)/SAT band select button

8. Audio display

9. CLOCK button

10. CD EJECT button

11. iPod® MENU button

12. SEEK/TRACK button

13. ENTER button

14 BACK button

15. PWR (power) button/VOL (volume) control knob

16 AUX IN jack

17. AUDIO button

18. TUNE/FF·REW FOLDER button

19. SCAN/RPT (repeat) button

FM-AM-SAT* RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER (Type A)

GUID-E75A3896-BAE7-4DE0-AE9F-0B6F11D630F2

For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-tion precautions” (P.4-20).

The satellite radio mode* requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The sa-tellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii andGuam.

It may take some time to receive the activationsignal after subscribing to the SiriusXM SatelliteRadio. After receiving the activation signal, anavailable channel list will be automaticallyupdated in the radio. Place the ignition positionfrom LOCK to ACC to update the channel list.

*: if so equipped

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31

Condition:

Black plate (176,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-32 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

Audio main operationGUID-B7DABF3E-5C88-4BBA-86D6-737C31A851CA

Head unit:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and then push the PWR button whilethe system is off to call up the normal mode(radio, CD, AUX and iPod®) which was playingimmediately before the system was turned off.While the system is on, pushing the PWR buttonturns the system off.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.

MUTE button:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the button to mute the audio sound.

Push the button again to release the mutesetting.

AUDIO button:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the AUDIO button to change the selectingmode as follows.

NOS2545

Push the TUNE ( , ) or SEEK ( , )button to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired

level. Use the TUNE or SEEK button also toadjust Fade or Balance modes. Fade adjusts thesound level between the front and rear speakersand Balance adjusts the sound between theright and left speakers.

To turn the beep sound off or on, push the TUNEor SEEK button until the desired mode isdisplayed. This turns on or off the beep soundwhen audio buttons are pushed.

To change the Speed Sensitive Volume (SpdSen Vol) mode to OFF, LOW, MID or HIGH,push the TUNE or SEEK button until the desiredmode is displayed.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to thedesired level, push the AUDIO button repeatedlyuntil the normal mode display reappears. Other-wise, the normal mode display will automaticallyreappear after approximately 5 seconds.

CLOCK button:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the CLOCK button to turn on or off theCLOCK display.

See “Clock” (P.2-40) for the detailed clockadjustment operation.

SAA3490

Radio operationGUID-22EF80F5-05BF-4F5B-A66D-F3494E16E043

Radio (FM/AM) band select:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

Condition:

Black plate (177,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Radio (SAT) band select:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Pushing the button will change the band asfollows:

AUX (if connected portable device) ? XM1* ?XM2* ? XM3* ? AUX (if connected portabledevice)

The last channel played will also come on whenthe ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the station lastplayed.

*: if so equipped

TUNE (Tuning):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

. For AM and FM radio

Push the TUNE button or formanual tuning. To move quickly through thestations, push and hold the TUNE button.

. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio*

Push the TUNE button or to seekstations from all of the categories when anyCAT is not selected.

*: if so equipped

SEEK tuning CATEGORY:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

. For AM and FM radio

Push the SEEK button or to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcasting station.

. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio*

Push the or to tune to the firststation of the next or previous category.

*: if so equipped

During satellite radio reception, the followingnotices will be displayed under certain condi-tions.

. NO SIGNAL (No signal is received while theSAT tuner is connected.)

. OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

. CHECK ANTENNA (Antenna connectionerror)

. LOADING (When the initial setting isperformed)

. UPDATING (When the satellite radio sub-scription is not active)

. INVALID CH (Invalid channel is received.)

SCAN tuning:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the SCAN button to tune from low to highfrequencies and stops at each broadcastingstation for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again

during this 5 seconds period will stop SCANtuning and the radio will remain tuned to thatstation.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextstation.

to Station memory operations:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

12 stations can be set for the FM band (6 eachfor FM1 and FM2), 18 for SiriusXM SatelliteRadio (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3)* and 6can be set for the AM band for easy access.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio bandselect button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the SEEK,SCAN or TUNE button.

3. Push and hold the desired radio stationpreset button to until a beep sound isheard. (The radio mutes when the radiostation preset button is pushed.)

4. The station indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33

Condition:

Black plate (178,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-34 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

*: if so equipped

Radio Data System (RDS):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is adata information service transmitted by someradio stations on the FM band (not AM band)encoded within a regular radio broadcast.Currently, most RDS stations are in large cities,but many stations are now considering broad-casting RDS data.

RDS can display:

. Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.

. Station name, such as “The Groove”.

. Music or programming type such as “Clas-sical”, “Country” or “Rock”.

. Traffic reports about delays or construction.

If the station broadcasts RDS information, theRDS icon is displayed.

RADIO DISPLAY change:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the DISP/TEXT button is pushed duringthe FM or SAT radio mode, the radio display willchange in the following order.

. For FM radio:

Frequency↔ PS (Programme Service)/PTY(Programme type)

. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio*:

Category Name? Channel Name? Artist/

Feature ? Song/Program

In the FM radio mode, pushing the DISP/TEXTbutton will switch the frequency display to thePTY display (if available), and if the DISP/TEXTbutton is not pushed again within 5 seconds, itwill automatically switch to the PS display. If PTYis not available, pushing the DISP/TEXT buttonwill only switch between the frequency displayand the PS display.

*: if so equipped

SAA3490

Compact Disc (CD) player operationGUID-D502B92D-F238-4029-B2CB-742EE1B4757E

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and insert the CD into the slot with thelabel side facing up. The CD will be guidedautomatically into the slot and start playing.

After loading the disc, the number of tracks onthe disc will appear on the display.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the PWR button will startthe CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

Condition:

Black plate (179,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

CD PLAY:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the CD button is pushed with the systemoff and the CD loaded, the system will turn onand the CD will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the CDloaded and the radio playing, the radio willautomatically be turned off and the CD will startto play.

CD play information:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the DISP/TEXT button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the disc information display will change asfollows:

CD:

NOS2585

CD with MP3 or WMA:

NOS2586

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind):

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

CD:

When the (fast forward) or (rewind)button is pushed while the CD is being played,the CD will play while fast forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, theCD will return to normal play speed.

CD with MP3 or WMA:

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the folders in the CD will change.

When the or button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the CD will play while forwarding or rewinding.When the button is released, the CD will returnto the normal play speed.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW:

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the (APS FF) button is pushed whilethe CD is being played, the program next to thepresent one will start to play from its beginning.Push several times to skip through programs.The CD will advance the number of times thebutton is pushed. (When the last program on theCD is skipped through, the first program will beplayed.)

When the (APS REW) button is pushed,the program being played returns to its begin-ning. Push several times to skip back throughprograms. The CD will go back the number oftimes the button is pushed.

SCAN tuning:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the SCAN tuning button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is beingplayed, the beginning of all the tracks of CD willbe played for 10 seconds in sequence.

Pushing the button again during this 10 secondperiod will stop SCAN tuning.

If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the nextdisc program.

RANDOM (RDM)/REPEAT (RPT):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the RPT button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds while the CD is being played, theplay pattern can be changed as follows:

CD:

NOS2554

CD with MP3 or WMA:

NOS2587

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-35

Condition:

Black plate (180,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-36 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

CD EJECT:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with theCD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will come out and thesystem will turn off.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protectit.

SAA3442

Interface system for iPod® operationGUID-E9618423-6A39-41CB-AD05-CBE5AAEC79E4

Connecting iPod®:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The iPod® outlet connector is in the glove box.Connect the cable*1 as illustrated, and thenconnect the other end of the cable to your iPod®

*2 . Your vehicle is equipped with the specia-lized cable for connecting the iPod® to yourvehicle audio unit. The battery of your iPod® ischarged while it is connected to the vehicle if theiPod® supports charging via a FireWire® con-nection.

When the connection is complete, a NISSANlogo will be displayed on the iPod® and an iPod®

icon on the audio display illuminates. While

connecting the iPod® to the vehicle, the iPod®

can only be operated by the vehicle audiocontrols.

To disconnect the cable from the vehicle outlet,fully depress the center connector button tounlatch the connector and pull the connectorstraight out of the outlet. To disconnect thecable from the iPod®, fully depress the sideconnector buttons and pull the iPod® connectorstraight out of the iPod®.

* iPod®, iPhone® and FireWire® are a trademarkof Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries.

Compatibility:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The following models are available:

. Third generation iPod® (Firmware version2.3 or later) (Audiobook and Podcast are notavailable)

. Fourth generation iPod® (Firmware version3.1.1 or later)

. Fifth generation iPod® (Firmware version1.1.2 or later)

. iPod mini® (Firmware version 1.41 or later)

. iPod photo® (Firmware version 1.2.1 orlater)

. iPod nano® (Firmware version 1.2 or later)

The fourth generation iPod nano®, iPod touch®,the second generation iPod Classic® and

Condition:

Black plate (181,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

iPhone® 3G may not work with the system insome cases.

Make sure that your iPod® firmware is updated.

* 12V-charge iPod®s are not chargeable withthis system.

iPod® button:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the iPod® button to switchto the iPod® mode.

If another audio source is playing and the iPod®

is connected, pushing the iPod® button changesto the iPod® mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod®

was playing, pushing the PWR button will startthe iPod®.

Top menu item selecting:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the iPod® MENU button is pushed whilethe iPod® is connected, the interface for iPod®

operation is shown on the audio display. Theitems on the menu list can be scrolled bypushing the SEEK button or and theTUNE button or while the iPod® isoperational. To select an item, push ENTER. Thedisplay can be changed as follows:

NOS2559

For more information about each item, see theiPod® Owner’s Manual.

BACK, ENTER button:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

. When the ENTER button is pushed whilethe top menu is displayed, program detailsare shown on the audio display.

. To select the program, push to search usingthe SEEK or and ENTER button.

. When the BACK button is pushed, it returnsto the previous display.

iPod® play information:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the DISP/TEXT button is pushed while aprogram is being played, the program informa-tion display will change as follows:

NOS2560

* Artist Name will not be displayed for a Podcast.

FF (Fast Forward), REW (Re-wind) button:

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the or button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, theiPod® will play while fast forwarding or rewind-ing. When the button is released, the iPod® willreturn to the normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for less

than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing, thenext track or the beginning of the current trackon the iPod® will be played.

APS (Automatic ProgramSearch) FF, APS REW button:

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the or button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the iPod® is playing,numbers of tracks can be skipped through.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while iPod® is playing, the nexttrack or the beginning of the current track on theiPod® will be played.

REPEAT (RPT), RANDOM (RDM):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the RPT button is pushed while a track isbeing played, the play pattern can be changedas follows:

Except Podcast and Audiobook:

NOS2562

Podcast:

ALL REPEAT ↔ TRACK REPEAT

Audiobook:

NOS2563

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-37

Condition:

Black plate (182,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-38 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

AUX (Auxiliary) inputGUID-D1BA2306-2732-4447-BE01-C29A18700078

AUX IN jack:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit.The AUX IN audio input jack accepts anystandard analog audio input such as from aportable cassette tape/CD player, MP3 player orlaptop computer.

NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereomini plug cable when connecting your musicdevice to the audio system. Music may not playproperly when a monaural cable is used.

AUX (Auxiliary) button:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

With an AUX device plugged in, push the AUXbutton repeatedly until the display changes tothe AUX mode.

When the AUX button is pushed with no deviceplugged into the jack, the audio system does notchange to the AUX mode.

SAA3425

1. XM band select button

2. CD insert slot

3. CD EJECT button

4. TUNE/SCROLL knob and AUDIO control button

5. Radio station preset buttons

6. AUX button

7. ON·OFF button/VOLUME control knob

8. FF (forward)/REW (rewind) or SEEK/CATE-GORY button

9. CD button

10. FM·AM band select button

No satellite radio reception is available unless aSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription is active.

Condition:

Black plate (183,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH COMPACTDISC (CD) PLAYER (Type B)

GUID-85C3594A-FF63-44BA-8B7B-810341F2F93F

For all operation precautions, see “Audio opera-tion precautions” (P.4-20).

The satellite radio mode requires an activeSiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription. The sa-tellite radio is not available in Alaska, Hawaii andGuam.

It may take some time to receive the activationsignal after subscribing the SiriusXM SatelliteRadio. After receiving the activation signal, anavailable channel list will be automaticallyupdated in the radio. Place the ignition switchin LOCK to ACC to update the channel list.

Audio main operationGUID-3458699E-E034-4937-A242-BC808521CFCF

Head unit:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The auto loudness circuit enhances the low andhigh frequency ranges automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

ON·OFF/Volume control:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition, and then push the ON·OFF buttonwhile the system is off to turn on the last audiosource, which was playing immediately beforethe system was turned off. While the system ison, pushing the ON·OFF button turns the systemoff.

Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume.

Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal-ance:

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

To adjust Bass, Treble, Balance and Fade, pushthe Audio control knob. When the display showsthe setting you want to change (Bass, Treble,Balance and Fade), rotate the Audio controlknob to set the desired setting. For the othersetting methods, see “How to use touch screen”(P.4-3).

This vehicle has some sound effect functions asfollows:

. Speed Volume

For more details, see “How to use the setupbutton” (P.4-5).

Adjusting AUX level:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The volume level of incoming sound can beselected from “Quiet”, “Medium” and “Loud”when an auxiliary device is connected to thesystem. For more details, see “How to use thesetup button” (P.4-5).

Switching the display:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Pushing the AUX button will switch the displaysbetween USB/iPod® and AUX.

FM-AM-SAT radio operationGUID-B5F656AE-8955-43DE-A7B4-814CF09B3275

When the radio band select button is pushedwhile the ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition, the radio will come on at the channellast played.

The last channel played will also come on whenthe ON·OFF button is pushed to ON.

If another audio source is playing when the radioband select button is turned to ON, the audiosource will automatically be turned off and thelast radio channel played will come on.

When the stereo broadcast signal is weak, theradio will automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

FM·AM radio band select:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Pushing the FM·AM radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

AM ? FM1 ? FM2 ? AM

SiriusXM Satellite Radio band se-lect:

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Pushing the XM radio band select button willchange the band as follows:

XM1 ? XM2 ? XM3 ? XM1

The satellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-39

Condition:

Black plate (184,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-40 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

TUNE (Tuning):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

. For AM and FM radio

Turn the TUNE knob for manual tuning.

. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio

Turn the TUNE knob to seek channels fromall of the categories when any category isnot selected.

SEEK tuning:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

. For AM and FM radio

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button orto tune from low to high or high to low

frequencies and to stop at the next broad-casting station.

. For SiriusXM Satellite Radio

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button orto tune to the first channel of the next or

previous category.

Tuning with the touch screen (AM and FMradio):

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When in AM or FM mode, the radio can betuned using the touch screen. To bring up thevisual tuner, touch the “Tune” key on the lowerright corner of the screen. A screen appearswith a bar running from low frequencies on theleft to high frequencies on the right. Touch thescreen at the location of the frequency you wishto tune and the station will change to that

frequency. To return to the regular radio displayscreen, touch the “OK” key.

to Station memory operations:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

12 stations/channels can be set for the FM band(6 each for FM1 and FM2), 18 for SiriusXMSatellite Radio (6 each for XM1, XM2 and XM3)and 6 stations can be set for the AM band.

1. Choose the radio band using the radio bandselect button.

2. Tune to the desired station/channel usingthe SEEK/CATEGORY button or the TUNEknob.

3. Push and hold the desired station presetbutton to until the beep sound isheard.

4. The station indicator will then come on andthe sound will resume. Memorizing is nowcomplete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuseopens, the radio memory will be erased. In thatcase, reset the desired stations/channels.

Channels (SiriusXM Satellite Radio):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is beingplayed, select “Channels” key to display a list ofchannels. Select a preferred channel from the

list to change to that channel.

Categories (SiriusXM Satellite Radio):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the SiriusXM Satellite Radio is beingplayed, select “Categories” key to display a listof channels. Select a preferred channel from thelist to display options within that category.

Compact Disc (CD) player operationGUID-E91E4DA0-FB03-4D64-8F6A-1CB5F77E3EF3

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition and insert the Compact Disc (CD) intothe slot with the label side facing up. The CD willbe guided automatically into the slot and startplaying.

If the radio is already operating, it will auto-matically turn off and the CD will play.

If the system has been turned off while the CDwas playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the CD.

Do not use 3.1 in (8 cm) discs.

PLAY:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the CD button is pushed with the systemoff and the CD loaded, the system will turn onand the CD will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the CDloaded and the radio playing, the radio willautomatically be turned off and the CD will startto play.

Condition:

Black plate (185,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

While listening to a CD or an MP3/WMA CD,certain text may be displayed (when a CDencoded with text is being used). Depending onhow the CD or MP3/WMA CD is encoded, thetext is displayed listing the artist, album andsong title.

Next/Previous Track and FastForward/Rewind:

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the or button is pushed for morethan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the CD will play while fast forwarding orrewinding. When the button is released, theCD will return to normal play speed.

When the or button is pushed for lessthan 1.5 seconds while the CD is being played,the next track or the beginning of the currenttrack on the CD will be played.

When the rewind button is pushed for less than1.5 seconds within 3 seconds after the currenttrack starts playing, the previous track will beplayed.

SAA3401

Random:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the CD. When the random mode isactive, the icon will be displayed to the leftof the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,touching “Random” alternates between ran-domly playing songs within the current folderand songs from the CD as a whole. Theicon is displayed to the left of the song title orfolder name to denote which pattern is applied.To cancel Random mode, touch the “Random”key until no icon is displayed.

SAA3402

Repeat:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the CD. When the repeat mode isactive, the icon will be displayed to the leftof the song title. If an MP3 CD is playing,touching “Repeat” alternates between repeatingthe current song and repeating the currentfolder. The icon is displayed to the left ofthe song title or folder name to denote whichpattern is applied. To cancel Repeat mode,touch the “Repeat” key until no icon isdisplayed.

Browse:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Touch the “Browse” key to display the titles onthe CD in list format. Touch the title of a song in

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-41

Condition:

Black plate (186,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-42 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

the list to begin playing that song. If an MP3 CDis playing, touching the “Browse” key will alsolist the folders on the disc. Follow the procedurefor selecting a song with the touch screen tochoose a folder.

CD EJECT:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the CD EJECT button is pushed with theCD loaded, the CD will be ejected.

When this button is pushed while the CD isbeing played, the CD will be ejected.

If the CD comes out and is not removed, itwill be pulled back into the slot to protectit.

JVH0370X

AUX (Auxiliary) inputGUID-E8B545B9-8E0D-4B73-A348-B43F87C7613C

AUX IN jack:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The AUX IN jack is located on the lower centerof the instrument panel. The AUX IN audio inputjack accepts any standard analog audio inputsuch as from a portable cassette tape/CDplayer, MP3 player or laptop computer.

NISSAN strongly recommends using a stereomini plug cable when connecting your musicdevice to the audio system. Music may not playproperly when a monaural cable is used.

AUX (Auxiliary) button:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

To switch to the AUX mode, push the AUXbutton when a compatible audio device isconnected into the AUX IN jack.

When the AUX button is pushed with no deviceplugged into the jack, the audio system does notchange to the AUX mode.

Condition:

Black plate (187,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SAA3444

USB memory operationGUID-EB6F4E39-52A9-482C-BAF3-805745714FB4

Audio main operation:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The USB outlet connector is on the lower centerof the instrument panel. Connect a USB memoryas illustrated, and then switch to the USBmemory mode automatically.

If the system has been turned off while the USBmemory was playing, pushing the ON·OFF/VOLcontrol knob will start the USB memory.

CAUTION

. Do not force the USB device into theUSB port. Inserting the USB devicetilted or up-side-down into the portmay damage the USB device andthe port. Make sure that the USBdevice is connected correctly intothe USB port. (Some USB devicescome with a mark as a guide.Make sure that the mark is facingthe correct direction before insert-ing the device.)

. Do not locate objects near the USBdevice to prevent the objects fromleaning on the USB device and theport. Pressure from the objects maydamage the USB device and theport.

PLAY:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the AUX button is pushed with the systemoff and the USB memory inserted, the systemwill turn on.

If another audio source is playing and a USBmemory is inserted, push the AUX buttonrepeatedly until the center display changes to

the USB memory mode.

SEEK/CATEGORY button:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button whilean audio file on the USB device is playing toreturn to the beginning of the current track. Pushthe SEEK/CATEGORY button severaltimes to skip backward several tracks.

Push the SEEK/CATEGORY button whilean audio file on the USB device is playing toadvance one track. Push the SEEK/CATEGORYbutton several times to skip forward severaltracks. If the last track in a folder on the USBdevice is skipped, the first track of the next folderis played.

Push and hold the SEEK/CATEGORY buttonor for 1.5 seconds while an audio file

on the USB device is playing to reverse or fastforward the track being played. The track playsat an increased speed while reversing or fastforwarding. When the button is released, theaudio file returns to normal play speed.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-43

Condition:

Black plate (188,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-44 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

SAA3491

Random and repeat play mode:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

While files on a USB device are playing, the playpattern can be altered so that songs arerepeated or played randomly.

Random:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Touch the “Random” key to apply a random playpattern to the USB device. When the randommode is active, the icon is displayed to theleft of the song title or album name to denotewhich random pattern is applied. To cancelRandom mode, touch the “Random” key until no

icon is displayed.

Repeat:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeat playpattern to the USB device. When the repeatmode is active, the icon is displayed to theleft of the song title or album name to denotewhich repeat pattern is applied. To cancelRepeat mode, touch the “Repeat” key until no

icon is displayed.

SAA3445

iPod® player operationGUID-174C5946-50EE-4D1A-AE09-6155BA8E9CCE

Connecting iPod®:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Connect the iPod® cable to the USB connector.If the iPod® supports charging via USB, thebattery of the iPod® will be charged whileconnected to the vehicle.

Depending on the version of the iPod®, thedisplay on the iPod® shows a NISSAN orAccessory Attached screen when the connec-tion is completed. When the iPod® is connectedto the vehicle, the iPod® music library can onlybe operated by the vehicle audio controls.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

Condition:

Black plate (189,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

CAUTION

. Do not force the iPod® cable intothe USB port. Inserting the iPod®

cable tilted or up-side-down into theport may damage the iPod® cableand the port. Make sure that theiPod® cable is connected correctlyinto the USB port. (Some iPod®

cable come with a mark as aguide. Make sure that the mark isfacing the correct direction beforeinserting the iPod® cable.)

. Do not locate objects near the iPod®

cable to prevent the objects fromleaning on the iPod® cable and theport. Pressure from the objects maydamage the iPod® cable and theport.

Compatibility:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The following models are available:

. Fifth generation iPod® (version 1.2.3 orlater)

. iPod Classic® (version 1.1.1 or later)

. First generation iPod touch® (version 2.0.0or later)

. Second generation iPod touch® (version1.2.3 or later)

. First generation iPod nano® (version 1.3.1 orlater)

. Second generation iPod nano® (version1.1.3 or later)

. Third generation iPod nano® (version 1.1 orlater)

. Fourth generation iPod nano® (version 1.0.2or later)

This unit may not control/operate correctly whenconnected to some iPod® versions/firmware andiPhone®.

Make sure that the iPod® version is updated.

Audio main operation:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition. Then, push the button repeatedlyto switch to the iPod® mode.

If the system has been turned off while the iPod®

was playing, pushing the ON·OFF button willstart the iPod®.

. PLAY:

When the button is pushed with thesystem off and the iPod® connected, thesystem will turn on. If another audio sourceis playing and the iPod® is connected, pushthe button repeatedly to switch to theiPod® mode.

. Interface:

The interface for iPod® operation shown onthe vehicle display is similar to the iPod®

interface. Use the touch screen, BACKbutton or the TUNE/SCROLL knob tonavigate the menus on the screen.

The following items can be chosen from themenu list screen. For further informationabout each item, see the iPod® Owner’sManual.

— Playlists

— Artists

— Songs

— Composers

— Audiobooks

— Podcasts

The following touch-panel buttons shown onthe screen are also available:

— : returns to the previous screen.

— : plays/pauses the music selected.

. SEEK/CATEGORY button:

When the or button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the iPod® isplaying, the iPod® will play while fastforwarding or rewinding. When the buttonis released, the iPod® will return to thenormal play speed.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-45

Condition:

Black plate (190,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-46 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

. Random and repeat play mode:

SAA3492

While files on a USB device are playing, theplay pattern can be altered so that songs arerepeated or played randomly.

. Random:

Touch the “Random” key to apply a randomplay pattern to the iPod®. When the randommode is active, the icon is displayed tothe left of the song title or album name todenote which random pattern is applied. Tocancel Random mode, touch the “Random”key until no icon is displayed.

. Repeat:

Touch the “Repeat” key to apply a repeatplay pattern to the iPod®. When the repeatmode is active, the icon is displayed to

the left of the song title or album name todenote which repeat pattern is applied. Tocancel Repeat mode, touch the “Repeat”key until no icon is displayed.

Condition:

Black plate (191,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SAA0451

CD/USB MEMORY CARE ANDCLEANING

GUID-64EAAC34-D3E6-47F3-841B-A7464B111E8A

CDGUID-72A0FA4E-7343-4A22-B467-F4E3857EF7C8

. Handle a CD by its edges. Never touch thesurface of the disc. Do not bend the disc.

. Always place the discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

. To clean a disc, wipe the surface from thecenter to the outer edge using a clean, softcloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circularmotion.

Do not use a conventional record cleaner oralcohol intended for industrial use.

. A new disc may be rough on the inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edges byrubbing the inner and outer edges with theside of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

USB memoryGUID-709BE949-E9B3-4FAB-B7E0-5AF11C267158

. Do not touch the terminal portion of the USBmemory.

. Do not place heavy objects on the USBmemory.

. Do not store the USB memory in very humidlocations.

. Do not expose the USB memory to directsunlight.

. Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory.

Refer to the USB memory Owner’s Manual forthe details.

SAA3383

1. SOURCE select switch

2. Tuning switch

3. VOLUME control switch

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL

GUID-397ACA65-CDE2-45A0-908C-5A518FD11FB7

The audio system can be operated using thecontrols on the steering wheel.

SOURCE select switchGUID-75DA39CD-BA48-480A-9F30-CF5FAEEBA12B

With the ignition switch placed in the ACC orON position, push the SOURCE select switchto turn the audio system on.

Push the SOURCE select switch to change themode to available audio source.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-47

Condition:

Black plate (192,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-48 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

VOLUME control switchGUID-2B953C64-A296-4323-9900-C814A2B80F0E

Push up or down the VOLUME control switch toincrease or decrease the volume.

Tuning switchGUID-1A426B03-BA49-4A51-88E3-3E3275A1C5F0

Memory change (radio):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5 secondsto change the next or previous radio preset.

SEEK tuning (radio):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the tuning switch for more than 1.5seconds to seek the next or previous radiostation.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APSREW (CD, iPod® and USB (if so equipped)):

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the tuning switch for less than 1.5 secondsto return to the beginning of the presentprogram or skip to the next program. Pushseveral times to skip back or skip throughprograms.

This system searches for the blank intervalsbetween selections. If there is a blank intervalwithin one program or there is no intervalbetween programs, the system may not stop inthe desired or expected location.

FOLDER change (CD with MP3 or WMA):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Push the tuning switch for more than 1.5seconds to change the folders (if there are anyfolders).

SAA2102

ANTENNAGUID-2E6EC723-5024-4ED7-8C53-2005D67806B8

To remove the antenna, hold the bottom of theantenna and turn it counterclockwise.

To install the antenna, turn the antenna clock-wise and tighten.

CAUTION

. To avoid damaging or deforming theantenna, be sure to fold down (if soequipped) or remove the antennaunder the following conditions.

— The vehicle enters a garage witha low ceiling.

— The vehicle is covered with a carcover.

. Be sure that antenna is removedbefore the vehicle enters an auto-matic car wash.

. Always properly tighten the antennarod during installation. Otherwise,the antenna rod may break duringvehicle operation.

Condition:

Black plate (193,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-433608FE-D4D9-4693-ADC1-026C2CCCF895

When installing a car phone or a CB radio inyour vehicle, be sure to observe the followingprecautions, otherwise the new equipment mayadversely affect the electronic control modulesand electronic control system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not be usedfor any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation. Some jurisdictions prohi-bit the use of cellular phones whiledriving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme cautionat all times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8in (20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harness. Do notroute the antenna wire next to anyharness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by the man-ufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from theCB radio chassis to the body.

. For details, consult a NISSAN deal-er.

GUID-35F710D3-30EC-42A2-9826-3C0B8720A982

WARNING

. Use a phone after stopping yourvehicle in a safe location. If youhave to use a phone while driving,exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

. If you find yourself unable to devotefull attention to vehicle operationwhile talking on the phone, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid draining the vehicle battery,use a phone after starting the engine.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-49

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO Bluetooth® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (194,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-50 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

SAA3446

1. Volume control switch −/+2. PHONE SEND button

3. PHONE END button

4. Microphone

Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System. If you have acompatible Bluetooth® enabled cellular phone,you can set up the wireless connection betweenyour cellular phone and the in-vehicle phonemodule. With Bluetooth® wireless technology,you can make or receive a hands-free telephonecall in your vehicle.

Once your cellular phone is connected to the in-vehicle phone module, no other phone connect-ing procedure is required. Your phone is

automatically connected with the in-vehiclephone module when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position with the connectedcellular phone turned on and carried in thevehicle.

You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth®

cellular phones in the in-vehicle phone module.However, you can talk on only one cellular phoneat a time.

Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem, refer to the following notes.

. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) and the Bluetooth®

functions share the same frequency band(2.4 GHz). Using the Bluetooth® and thewireless LAN functions at the same time mayslow down or disconnect the communica-tion and cause undesired noise. It isrecommended that you turn off the wirelessLAN (Wi-Fi) when using the Bluetooth®

functions.

. Set up the wireless connection between acompatible cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System.

. Some Bluetooth® enabled cellular phonesmay not be recognized by the in-vehiclephone module. Please visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for a recommended phonelist and instructions for connecting your

phone.

. You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the telephoneservice area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where it isdifficult to receive radio waves; such as ina tunnel, in an underground parkinggarage, near a tall building or in amountainous area.

— Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.

. When the radio wave condition is not idealor ambient sound is too loud, it may bedifficult to hear the other person’s voiceduring a call.

. Immediately after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position, it may beimpossible to receive a call for a shortperiod of time.

. Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away from the in-vehicle phone module to prevent tone qualitydegradation and wireless connection dis-ruption.

. While a cellular phone is connected throughthe Bluetooth® wireless connection, thebattery power of the cellular phone maydischarge quicker than usual. The Blue-

Condition:

Black plate (195,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

tooth® Hands-Free Phone System cannotcharge cellular phones.

. If the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemseems to be malfunctioning, see “Trouble-shooting guide” (P.4-61). You can also visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for trouble-shooting help.

. Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

. Refer to the cellular phone Owner’s Manualregarding battery charging, cellular phoneantenna, etc.

This wireless hands-free car kit is based onBluetooth technology.

. Frequency: 2402 MHz - 2480 MHz

. Output power: 4.14 dBm E.I.R.P

. Modulation: FHSS GFSK 8DPSK, p/4DQPSK

. Number of channels: 79

. This wireless equipment cannot be used forany services related to life safety becausethere is the possibility of radio interference.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONGUID-6528355F-65A3-451F-9498-A13CB713A0AC

Bluetooth trademark:

Bluetooth® is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,and licensed to Visteon Cor-poration.

FCC Regulatory informationGUID-1204A95D-46D2-44F5-B3BD-031C843EA47F

. CAUTION: To maintain compliance withFCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorized antenna,modification, or attachments could damagethe transmitter and may violate FCC regula-tions.

. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:

1) this device may not cause interferenceand

2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may causeundesired operation of the device

IC Regulatory informationGUID-644F660F-B7C7-4319-A108-FE7DEAEE04B4

. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of thedevice.

. This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

USING THE SYSTEMGUID-F6604C8A-BDC5-4D78-8888-9CDC76C7F6F3

The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allowshands-free operation of the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.

If the vehicle is in motion, some commands maynot be available so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

InitializationGUID-3323F8C3-CBD0-491A-9312-3451CF48221B

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia-lized, which takes a few seconds. If thebutton is pushed before the initialization com-pletes, the system will not accept any command.

Operating tipsGUID-EB7AF6E2-7B1C-4507-B37B-36523DF57198

To get the best performance out of the NISSANVoice Recognition system, observe the follow-ing:

. Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatesurrounding noises (traffic noises, vibrationsounds, etc.), which may prevent the systemfrom recognizing voice commands correctly.

. Wait until the tone sounds before speaking acommand. Otherwise, the command will not

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-51

Condition:

Black plate (196,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-52 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

be received properly.

. Start speaking a command within 5 secondsafter the tone sounds.

. Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

Giving voice commandGUID-000A5024-A225-491C-814A-6452CC21BA07

To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition, pushand release the button located on thesteering wheel. After the tone sounds, speak acommand.

The command given is picked up by themicrophone, and voice feedback is given whenthe command is accepted.

. If you need to hear the available commandsfor the current menu again, say “Help” andthe system will repeat them.

. If a command is not recognized, the systemannounces, “Command not recognized.Please say again.” Repeat the command ina clear voice.

. If you want to go back to the previouscommand, you can say “Go back” or“Correction” anytime the system is waitingfor a response.

. You can cancel a command when thesystem is waiting for a response by saying,“Cancel” or “Quit.” The system announces“Cancel” and ends the VR session. You can

also push and hold the button for 5seconds on the steering wheel at any time tocancel the VR session. Whenever the VRsession is cancelled, a double beep isplayed to indicate you have exited thesystem.

. If you want to adjust the volume of the voicefeedback, push the volume control switch (+or −) on the steering wheel while beingprovided with feedback. You can also usethe radio volume control knob.

. In most cases you can interrupt the voicefeedback to speak the next command bypushing the button on the steeringwheel.

. To use the system faster, you may speak thesecond level commands with the main menucommand on the main menu. For example,push the button and after the tone say,“Call Redial.” Note: The combined com-mand of Call and (Speak Name) cannot beused.

How to say numbersGUID-3E8A7252-A743-4F54-9F5E-EE20E8383BD4

NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certainway to speak numbers in voice commands.Refer to the rules and examples below.

. Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for “0”.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight oh oh six six two six two ohoh”, or

— “One eight zero zero six six two six twooh oh”

. Words can be used for the first 4 digitsplaces only.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight hundred six six two six two ohoh”,

— NOT “One eight hundred six six two sixtytwo hundred, and

— NOT “One eight oh oh six six two sixtytwo hundred.

. Numbers can be spoken in small groups.The system will prompt you to continuingentering digits, if desired.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

— “One eight zero zero”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

— “six six two”The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

— “six two zero zero”

. You can say “Star” for “*” and “Pound” for“#” at any time in any position of the phonenumber. (Available only when using the“Special Dialing” command.)

Condition:

Black plate (197,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Example: 1-555-1212 *123

— “One five five five one two one two starone two three”

. Say “pound” for “#”. Say “star” for “*”(available when using the “Special Dialing”command and the “Send” command duringa call).

. Say “plus” for “+” (available only when usingthe “Special Dialing” command).

. Say “pause” for a 2 second pause (availableonly when storing a phone book number).

See “Making a call by entering a phonenumber” (P.4-55) and “List of voice com-mands” (P.4-55) for more information.

NOTE:

For best results, say phone numbers assingle digits.

The voice command “Help” is available at anytime. Please say the “Help” command to getinformation about how to use the system.

INFO

. If you are controlling the telephone systemby voice command for the first time or do notknow the appropriate voice command,speak “Help”. The system announces theavailable commands.

. When you speak numbers, you can speakboth “zero” or “oh” for “0”.

Manual command selectionGUID-5EDE4765-264A-4B69-BD86-49B3F8A68026

Commands can be selected manually. While thecommands are displayed on the audio screen,select a command by operating the audio tuningswitch, and then push the switch. Once acommand is manually selected, the voicecommand function is cancelled. To return tovoice command mode, push the switch tocancel the current operation, and then performthe first procedure of voice command.

SAA3385

CONTROL BUTTONSGUID-1FD001A0-7910-4140-87B5-C4331629A01D

The control buttons for the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System are located on the steeringwheel.

PHONE SEND

Push the button to initiate a VR session oranswer an incoming call.

You can also use the button to interruptsystem feedback and give a command at once.

PHONE END

While the voice recognition system is active,push the button to go back one step. Pushand hold the button for 5 seconds to quitthe voice recognition system at any time.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-53

Condition:

Black plate (198,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-54 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

GETTING STARTEDGUID-956E5545-DFA7-4BE5-A8D1-99A610744BD0

The following procedures will help you getstarted using the Bluetooth® Hands-Free PhoneSystem with NISSAN Voice Recognition. Foradditional command options, refer to “List ofvoice commands” (P.4-55).

Choosing a languageGUID-1D177568-D29C-48B8-B664-DC959EAA9597

You can interact with the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System using English, Spanish orFrench.

To change the language, perform the following.

1. Push and hold the button for more than5 seconds.

2. The system announces: “Push the PHONESEND ( ) button for the hands-freephone system to enter the speaker adapta-tion mode or push the PHONE END ( )button to select a different language.”

3. Push the button.

For information on speaker adaptation, see“Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode” (P.4-59).

4. The system announces the current languageand gives you the option to change thelanguage to Spanish (in Spanish) or French(in French). To select the current language,press the button. To select a differentlanguage, tilt the tuning switch ( or )

up or down.

NOTE:You must press the button within 5seconds to change the language.

5. If you decide not to change the language, donot push either button. After 5 seconds, theVR session will end, and the language willnot be changed.

Connecting procedureGUID-3EC7C37F-7297-41AD-88BA-A9F37887255A

NOTE:

The connecting procedure must be per-formed when the vehicle is stationary. Ifthe vehicle starts moving during the pro-cedure, the procedure will be cancelled.

NOS2623

1. Push the button on the steering wheel.The system announces the available com-mands.

2. Say: “Connect Phone” *A . The systemacknowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of available commands.

3. Say: “Add phone”*B . The system acknowl-edges the command and asks you to initiatepairing from the phone handset*C .

The connecting procedure of the cellularphone varies according to each cellularphone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions onconnecting NISSAN recommended cellularphones.

When prompted for a Passkey code, enter“1234” from the handset. The Passkey code“1234” has been assigned by NISSAN andcannot be changed.

4. The system asks you to say a name for thephone*D .

If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells you, then prompts you for aname again.

Also, if more than one phone is connectedand the name sounds too much like a namealready used, the system tells you, thenprompts you for a name again.

Condition:

Black plate (199,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Making a call by entering a phonenumber

GUID-DB99AC8E-344C-4065-ADC1-2E9F5CE096BB

NOS2624

1. Push the button on steering wheel. Atone will sound.

2. Say: “Call”*A . The system acknowledgesthe command and announces the next set ofavailable commands.

3. Say: “Phone Number” *B . The systemacknowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of available commands.Say: “Special Dialing” to dial more than 10digits or any special characters.

4. Say the number you wish to call starting withthe area code in single digit format. If thesystem has trouble recognizing the correctphone number, try entering the number inthe following groups: 3-digit area code, 3-digit prefix and the last 4-digits. For example,555-121-3354 can be said as “five five five”as the 1st group, then “one two one” as the2nd group, and “three three five four” as the3rd group. For dialing more than 10 digits orany special characters, say “Special Dial-

ing”. See “How to say numbers” (P.4-52) formore information.

5. When you have finished speaking the phonenumber, the system repeats it back andannounces the available commands.

6. Say: “Dial”*C . The system acknowledgesthe command and makes the call.

For additional command options, see “List ofvoice commands” (P.4-55).

Receiving a callGUID-8EB2EC1A-1C48-4AC2-9606-16E968A5D739

When you hear the ring tone, push thebutton on the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, push the buttonon the steering wheel.

NOTE:

If you do not wish to take the call when youhear the ring tone, push the button onthe steering wheel to reject the call.

LIST OF VOICE COMMANDSGUID-86A845C5-9A30-4C89-B311-64153F642849

NOS2625

When you push and release the button onthe steering wheel, you can choose from thecommands on the Main Menu. The followingpages describe these commands and thecommands in each sub-menu.

Remember to wait for the tone beforespeaking.

You can say “Help” to hear the list of commandscurrently available anytime the system is waitingfor a response.

A menu item can also be selected by scrollingthe display with the SEEK switch and enteringby pushing the button.

If you want to end an action without completingit, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit” at anytime thesystem is waiting for a response. The system willend the VR session. Whenever the VR sessionis cancelled, a double beep is played to indicateyou have exited the system.

If you want to go back to the previous command,you can say “Go back” or “Correction” anytime

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-55

Condition:

Black plate (200,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-56 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

the system is waiting for a response.

CallGUID-6D9D2E2F-FD9D-46EB-9BC9-2E3527809692

JI0189

(Speak Name)*AIf there are entries stored in the phonebook, anumber associated with a name and locationcan be dialed.

See “Phonebook (phones without automaticphonebook download function)” (P.4-57) tolearn how to store entries.

When prompted by the system, say the name ofthe phonebook entry to call. The systemacknowledges the name.

If there are multiple locations associated withthe name, the system asks the user to choosethe location.

Once the name and location are confirmed, thesystem begins the call.

“Phone Number” (speak digits)*BWhen prompted by the system, say the number

to call. Refer to “Making a call by entering aphone number” (P.4-55) for more details.

“Redial”*CUse the Redial command to call the last numberthat was dialed.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.

If a redial number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to redial” andends the VR session.

“Call back”*DUse the Call Back command to dial the numberof the last incoming call within the vehicle.

The system acknowledges the command, re-peats the number and begins dialing.

If a call back number does not exist, the systemannounces, “There is no number to call back”and ends the VR session.

“Special Number”

To dial more than 10 digits or any specialcharacters, please say “Special Number”. Whenthe system acknowledges the command, thesystem will prompt you to speak the number.

“During a call”

During a call there are several command optionsavailable. Push the button on the steeringwheel to mute the receiving voice and enter

commands.

. “Help” — The system announces the avail-able commands.

. “Go back/Correction” — The system an-nounces “Go back,” ends the VR sessionand returns to the call.

. “Cancel/Quit” — The system announces“Cancel,” ends the VR session and returnsto the call.

. “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use the Sendcommand to enter numbers, “*” or “#”during a call. For example, if you weredirected to dial an extension by an auto-mated system:

Say: “Send one two three four.”

The system acknowledges the commandand sends the tones associated with thenumbers. The system then ends the VRsession and returns to the call. Say “star” for“*”, say “pound” for “#”.

. “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Callcommand to transfer the call from theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System tothe cellular phone when privacy is desired.

The system announces, “Transfer call. Calltransferred to privacy mode.” The systemthen ends the VR session.

To reconnect a call from the cellular phoneto the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone sys-

Condition:

Black plate (201,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

tem, push the button.

. “Mute” — Use the Mute command to muteyour voice so the other party cannot hear it.Use the mute command again to unmuteyour voice.

NOTE:

If a call is ended or the cellular phonenetwork connection is lost while the Mutefeature is on, the Mute feature will be resetto “off” for the next call so the other partycan hear your voice.

NOS2627

Phonebook (phones without automaticphonebook download function)

GUID-329FED0C-EB93-4E02-A98B-1536C8A82906

“Transfer Entry”*AUse the Transfer Entry command to store a newname in the system.

Say: “Transfer entry.” The system acknowledgesthe command and asks you to initiate thetransfer from the phone handset. The newcontact phone number will be transferred fromthe cellular phone via the Bluetooth® commu-

nication link.

The transfer procedure varies according to eachcellular phone. See the cellular phone Owner’sManual for details. You can also visit www.nissanusa.com/bluetooth for instructions ontransferring phone numbers from NISSAN re-commended cellular phones.

The system confirms the name, location andnumber.

“Delete Entry”*BUse the Delete Entry command to delete oneentry from the phonebook. After the systemacknowledges a command, say the name todelete or say “List Names” to choose an entry.

“List Names”*CUse the List Names command to hear all thenames in the phonebook. The system recites thephonebook entries but does not include theactual phone numbers. When playback of thelist is complete, the system returns to the mainmenu.

Playback of the list can be stopped at any timeby pushing the button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session.

Phonebook (phones with automaticphonebook download function)

GUID-90252E69-E10C-4015-93D6-6BFDD058A76D

NOTE:

Phonebook commands are not availablewhen the vehicle is moving.

JI0200

For phones that support automatic download ofthe phonebook (PBAP Bluetooth® profile), the“Phonebook” command is used to manageentries to the vehicle phonebook. You can saythe name of an entry at this menu to initiatedialing of that entry.

The phonebook stores up to 1000 names foreach phone paired with the system. Each namecan have up to 4 locations/phone numbersassociated with it.

When a phone is connected to the system, thephonebook is automatically downloaded to thevehicle. This feature allows you to access yourphonebook from the Bluetooth system and callcontacts by name. You can record a customvoice tag for contact names that the system hasdifficulty recognizing. For more information see

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-57

Condition:

Black plate (202,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-58 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

“Record Name” in this section.

NOTE:

Each phone has its own separate phone-book. You cannot access Phone A’s phone-book if you are currently connected withPhone B.

“List names”*AUse the List Names command to hear all thenames and locations in the phone book.

The system recites the phone book entries butdoes not include the actual phone numbers.When the playback of the list is complete, thesystem goes back to the main menu.

You can stop the playback of the list at any timeby pressing the button on the steeringwheel. The system ends the VR session. See the“Record Name” command in this section forinformation about recording custom voice tagsfor list entries that the system has difficultypronouncing.

“Record name”*BThe system allows you to record custom voicetags for contact names in the phonebook thatthe vehicle has difficulty recognizing. Thisfeature can also be used to record voice tagsto directly dial an entry with multiple numbers.Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the

system.

“Next Name”*CUse the Next Name command to move the nextname of list.

“Previous Name”*DUse the Previous Name command to move theprevious name of list.

Recent CallsGUID-F496F567-2014-422B-9C35-2FE01016518E

JI0201

Use the Recent Calls command to accessoutgoing, incoming or missed calls.

“Outgoing”*AUse the Outgoing command to list the outgoingcalls made from the vehicle.

“Incoming”*BUse the Incoming command to list the incomingcalls made from the vehicle.

“Missed”*CUse the Missed command to list the missed

calls made to the vehicle that were notanswered.

“Call Back”*DUse the Call Back command to dial the numberof the most recently received call.

Connect PhoneGUID-2A444212-7AA1-43B4-8A1D-78B40EC86D4F

NOTE:

Add Phone command is not availablewhen the vehicle is moving.

JI0202

Use the Connect Phone commands to managethe phones connecting to the vehicle or toenable the Bluetooth® function on the vehicle.

“Add Phone”*AUse the Add Phone command to add a phone tothe vehicle. See “Connecting procedure” (P.4-54) for more information.

“Select Phone”*BUse the Select Phone command to select from a

Condition:

Black plate (203,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

list of phones connected to the vehicle. Thesystem will list the names assigned to eachphone and then prompt you for the phone youwish to select. Only one phone can be active ata time.

“Delete Phone”*CUse the Delete Phone command to delete aphone that is connected to the vehicle. Thesystem will list the names assigned to eachphone and then prompt you for the phone youwish to delete. Deleting a phone from the vehiclewill also delete that phonebook for that phone.

“Bluetooth Off”*DUse the Bluetooth Off command to prevent awireless connection to your phone.

“Replace phone”*EThis can be used to reconnect a new phone withthe vehicle you have changed your cellularphone.

SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODEGUID-57596247-B810-48B1-912E-3E1B4780C205

Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-ofdialect users to train the system to improverecognition accuracy. By repeating a number ofcommands, the users can create a voice modelof their own voice that is stored in the system.The system is capable of storing a differentspeaker adaptation model for each connectedphone.

Training procedureGUID-BB8E49E4-B05D-430E-A518-9E4B72363CD3

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably quietoutdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Push and hold the button for more than5 seconds.

4. The system announces: “Push the PHONESEND ( ) button for the hands-freephone system to enter the speaker adapta-tion mode or push the PHONE END ( )button to select a different language.”

5. Push the button.

For information on selecting a differentlanguage, see “Choosing a language” (P.4-54).

6. If the connected phone is already in use, thesystem will prompt you to overwrite. Followthe instructions provided by the system.

7. When preparation is complete and you areready to begin, push the button.

8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow theinstructions provided by the system.

9. When training is finished, the system will tellyou an adequate number of phrases havebeen recorded.

10. The system will announce that speakeradaptation has been completed and thesystem is ready.

The SA mode will stop if:

. The button is pushed for more than 5seconds in SA mode.

. The vehicle is driven during SA mode.

. The ignition switch is turned to the OFF orLOCK position.

Training phrasesGUID-BF287D5D-8D3C-4F57-B10A-53F8F670F8D0

During the SA mode, the system instructs you tosay the following phrases.

(The system will prompt you for each phrase.)

. phonebook transfer entry

. dial 3 0 4 2 9

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-59

Condition:

Black plate (204,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-60 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

. delete call back number

. incoming

. transfer entry

. 8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7

. delete all entries

. call 7 2 4 0 9

. phonebook delete entry

. next entry

. dial star 2 1 7 0

. yes

. no

. select

. missed

. dial 8 5 6 9 2

. Bluetooth on

. Outgoing

. call 3 1 9 0 2

. 9 7 pause pause 3 0 8

. cancel

. call back number

. call star 2 0 9 5

. delete phone

. dial 8 3 0 5 1

. Record name

. 4 3 pause 2 9 pause 0

. delete redial number

. phonebook list names

. call 8 0 5 4 1

. correction

. setup main menu

. dial 7 4 0 1 8

. memo pad delete

. delete

. dial 9 7 2 6 6

. call 7 6 3 0 1

. go back

. call 5 6 2 8 0

. dial 6 6 4 3 7

Condition:

Black plate (205,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEGUID-1990A006-1918-4972-930B-87D92D705B77

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solutions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

The system fails to interpret the commandcorrectly.

1. Ensure that the command format is valid. (See “List of voice commands” (P.4-55).)

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on).NOTE: If it is too noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve therecognition response for the speaker. (See “Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode” (P.4-59).)

The system consistently selects thewrong entry from the phone book.

1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmed by using the“List Names” command. (See “List of voice commands” (P.4-55).)

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.

Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-61

Condition:

Black plate (206,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4-62 Heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (207,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ................................... 5-3Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ......................................... 5-3Three-way catalyst ................................................................. 5-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 5-4Avoiding collision and rollover ............................................ 5-7Off-road recovery ................................................................... 5-7Rapid air pressure loss ......................................................... 5-7Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving .................................... 5-8Driving safety precautions .................................................... 5-8

Ignition switch (models without IntelligentKey system) ................................................................................ 5-10

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................... 5-11Manual Transmission (MT) ................................................ 5-11Key positions ........................................................................ 5-12

Push-button ignition switch (models with IntelligentKey system) ................................................................................ 5-12

Operating range for engine start function .................... 5-12Push-button ignition switch operation ........................... 5-13Push-button ignition switch positions ............................ 5-14Emergency engine shut off ............................................... 5-14Intelligent Key battery discharge ..................................... 5-14

Before starting the engine ...................................................... 5-15Starting the engine ................................................................... 5-15

Models without Intelligent Key system .......................... 5-15Models with Intelligent Key system ................................ 5-16

Driving the vehicle .................................................................... 5-17Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................ 5-17Manual Transmission (MT) .............................................. 5-22

Integrated control system (if so equipped) ....................... 5-24Drive mode ......................................................................... 5-24

Parking brake ............................................................................. 5-28Cruise control ............................................................................ 5-29

Precautions on cruise control ........................................ 5-29Cruise control operations ............................................... 5-30

Break-in schedule .................................................................... 5-30Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ...................................................... 5-31Increasing fuel economy ......................................................... 5-32All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ........................... 5-32

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modeswitch operations .............................................................. 5-32AWD warning light ........................................................... 5-34

Parking/parking on hills ........................................................... 5-36Electric power steering system ............................................ 5-37Brake system ............................................................................. 5-38

Braking precautions ......................................................... 5-38Brake assist ............................................................................... 5-39

Brake assist ........................................................................ 5-39Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................................. 5-39

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ............................ 5-40

Condition:

Black plate (208,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Cold weather driving ................................................................ 5-42Freeing a frozen door lock ................................................ 5-42Anti-freeze ............................................................................. 5-42Battery .................................................................................... 5-42Draining of coolant water .................................................. 5-42

Tire equipment ................................................................... 5-42Special winter equipment ............................................... 5-42Driving on snow or ice .................................................... 5-42Engine block heater (if so equipped) .......................... 5-43

Condition:

Black plate (209,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-39D24DF9-F51E-4E79-ABE4-371E6635EA26

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the supportof others alone in your vehicle. Petsshould not be left alone either. Theycould accidentally injure themselvesor others through inadvertent op-eration of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it fromsliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. Ina sudden stop or collision, unse-cured cargo could cause personalinjury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)GUID-78327FD6-CBB2-489F-9B79-07540BD8FF38

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive withall windows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with theengine running for any extendedlength of time.

. Keep the lift gate closed whiledriving, otherwise exhaust gasescould be drawn into the passengercompartment. If you must drive withthe lift gate open, follow theseprecautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation to offand the fan control to high to

circulate the air.

. If electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the lift gate orthe body, follow the manufacturer’srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

. If a special body, camper or otherequipment is added for recreationalor other usage, follow the manufac-turer’s recommendation to preventcarbon monoxide entry into thevehicle. (Some recreational vehicleappliances such as stoves, refrig-erators, heaters, etc. may also gen-erate carbon monoxide.)

. The exhaust system and bodyshould be inspected by a qualifiedmechanic whenever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumesare entering into the passengercompartment.

— You notice a change in thesound of the exhaust system.

— You have had an accident invol-ving damage to the exhaust

Starting and driving 5-3

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

Condition:

Black plate (210,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-4 Starting and driving

system, underbody, or rear ofthe vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTGUID-7EE6B03F-AE0E-40F5-8BB5-AFD093FB5BD4

The three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Exhaustgases in the three-way catalyst are burned athigh temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust system com-ponents.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depos-its from leaded gasoline will ser-iously reduce the three-waycatalyst’s ability to help reduce ex-

haust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Mal-functions in the ignition, fuel injec-tion, or electrical systems can causeoverrich fuel flow into the three-waycatalyst, causing it to overheat. Donot keep driving if the engine mis-fires, or if noticeable loss of perfor-mance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have thevehicle inspected promptly by aNISSAN dealer.

. Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, dama-ging the three-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

GUID-70DEE521-236F-487A-BFBD-1A02741B58A6

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label. (If yourvehicle has tires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label, you should determine the propertire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, whenthe low tire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper pres-sure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi-ciency and tire tread life, and may affect thevehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’sresponsibility to maintain correct tire pressure,even if under-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire

Condition:

Black plate (211,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly. The TPMSmalfunction indicator is combined with the lowtire pressure telltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long as themalfunction exists. When the malfunction indi-cator is illuminated, the system may not be ableto detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety ofreasons, including the installation of replace-ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunction telltaleafter replacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS tocontinue to function properly.

Additional informationGUID-E26A49B3-5C83-4429-8D0E-8BAB921318D7

. The TPMS does not monitor the tirepressure of the spare tire.

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not detecta sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a

flat tire while driving).

. The low tire pressure warning light does notautomatically turn off when the tire pressureis adjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle must bedriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h)to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tirepressure warning light. Use a tire pressuregauge to check the tire pressure.

. The CHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warningmessage is displayed in the vehicle informa-tion display when the low tire pressurewarning light is illuminated and low tirepressure is detected. The CHECK TIREPRES warning message turns off when thelow tire pressure warning light turns off. Thelow tire pressure warning light remainsilluminated until the tires are inflated to therecommended COLD tire pressure. TheCHECK TIRE PRES warning message isdisplayed each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated. “Check tire pressure warning mes-sage” (P.2-7).

. The CHECK TIRE PRES warning messageis not displayed if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.

. Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Low outsidetemperature can lower the temperature ofthe air inside the tire which can cause alower tire inflation pressure. This may causethe low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. If the warning light illuminates inlow ambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

For additional information, see “Low tire pres-sure warning light” (P.2-15) and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tirefailure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-

Starting and driving 5-5

Condition:

Black plate (212,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-6 Starting and driving

sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possi-ble. (See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for chan-ging a flat tire.)

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction ofthe tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMSmay not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buriedin snow.

. Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor re-ception of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarilyinterfere with the operation of the TPMS andcause the low tire pressure warning light toilluminate. Some examples are:

. Facilities or electric devices using similarradio frequencies are near the vehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequencies isbeing used in or near the vehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near thevehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

Condition:

Black plate (213,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

GUID-666C7BC2-4377-4277-8619-BA0591C76DA3

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obeyall traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,high speed cornering, or sudden steeringmaneuvers, because these driving practicescould cause you to lose control of your vehicle.As with any vehicle, a loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects, or cause the vehicle to rollover,particularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways. Be attentive at alltimes, and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol or drugs(including prescription or over-the-counterdrugs which may cause drowsiness). Alwayswear your seat belt as outlined in the “Seatbelts” (P.1-9) of this manual, and also instructyour passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted or improperly belted person is

significantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYGUID-0F533FD6-C994-442E-865A-E45B70DAFF19

If the right side or left side wheels leave the roadsurface, maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while the vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt to drivethe vehicle back onto the road surface untilvehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return to theroad surface. When all tires are on the roadsurface, steer the vehicle to stay in theappropriate driving lane.

. If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface based onvehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradu-ally slow the vehicle to a stop in a safeplace off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSGUID-1271B230-18FB-41E6-A808-B468E9DD3B83

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damaged dueto hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressureloss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handlingand stability of the vehicle, especially at highwayspeeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-taining the correct air pressure and visuallyinspect the tires for wear and damage. See“Wheels and tires” (P.8-30) of this manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or “blows-out”while driving maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please note thatthis procedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriate based onthe conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

Starting and driving 5-7

Condition:

Black plate (214,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-8 Starting and driving

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire airpressure. Losing control of the vehiclemay cause a collision and result inpersonal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pullsin the direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the accelera-tor pedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steeringwheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accel-erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe locationoff the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andeither contact a roadside emergency serviceto change the tire or see “Changing a flattire” (P.6-3) of this Owner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

GUID-409A6DD3-8FFE-4994-921D-808EB7F00842

WARNING

Never drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the se-verity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,you must choose not to drive under the influenceof alcohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol-related accidents.Although the local laws vary on what isconsidered to be legally intoxicated, the fact isthat alcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! Andthat is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter,prescription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive ifyour ability to operate your vehicle is impaired byalcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONSGUID-0BA35F18-2070-428E-9EBB-57A04344BFFA

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal andoff-road use. However, avoid driving in deepwater or mud as your NISSAN is mainlydesigned for leisure use, unlike a conventionaloff-road vehicle.

Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive(AWD) models for rough road driving andextrication when stuck in deep snow, mud, orthe like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

. Drive carefully when off the roadand avoid dangerous areas. Everyperson who drives or rides in thisvehicle should be seated with theirseat belt fastened. This will keepyou and your passengers in positionwhen driving over rough terrain.

Condition:

Black plate (215,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

. Do not drive across steep slopes.Instead drive either straight up orstraight down the slopes. Off-roadvehicles can tip over sideways muchmore easily than they can forward orbackward.

. Many hills are too steep for anyvehicle. If you drive up them, youmay stall. If you drive down them,you may not be able to control yourspeed. If you drive across them, youmay roll over.

. Do not shift ranges while driving ondownhill grades as this could causeloss of control of the vehicle.

. Stay alert when driving to the top ofa hill. At the top there could be adrop-off or other hazard that couldcause an accident.

. If your engine stalls or you cannotmake it to the top of a steep hill,never attempt to turn around. Yourvehicle could tip or roll over. Alwaysback straight down in R (Reverse)range. Never back down in N (Neu-tral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

. Heavy braking going down a hillcould cause your brakes to overheatand fade, resulting in loss of controland an accident. Apply brakeslightly and use a low range tocontrol your speed.

. Unsecured cargo can be thrownaround when driving over roughterrain. Properly secure all cargoso it will not be thrown forwardand cause injury to you or yourpassengers.

. To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload. Secure heavy loads in thecargo area as far forward and aslow as possible. Do not equip thevehicle with tires larger than speci-fied in this manual. This could causeyour vehicle to roll over.

. Do not grip the inside or spokes ofthe steering wheel when driving off-road. The steering wheel couldmove suddenly and injure yourhands. Instead drive with your fin-gers and thumbs on the outside ofthe rim.

. Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengershave their seat belts fastened.

. Always drive with the floor mats inplace as the floor may became hot.

. Lower your speed when encounter-ing strong crosswinds. With a highercenter of gravity, your NISSAN ismore affected by strong side winds.Slower speeds ensure better vehiclecontrol.

. Do not drive beyond the perfor-mance capability of the tires, evenwith AWD engaged.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-

Starting and driving 5-9

Condition:

Black plate (216,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-10 Starting and driving

ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sureyou inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped withAWD before it is placed on adynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drivetraindamage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

. When a wheel is off the ground dueto an unlevel surface, do not spinthe wheel excessively (AWD model).

. Accelerating quickly, sharp steeringmaneuvers or sudden braking maycause loss of control.

. If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at highspeeds. Your vehicle has a highercenter of gravity than a conventionalpassenger car. The vehicle is notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional passengercars. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss ofcontrol and/or a rollover accident.

. Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction (bias, bias-

belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Install tractiondevices on the front wheels whendriving on slippery roads and drivecarefully.

. Be sure to check the brakes imme-diately after driving in mud or water.See “Brake system” (P.5-38) for wetbrakes.

. Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicleand it rolls forward, backward orsideways, you could be injured.

. Whenever you drive off-roadthrough sand, mud or water as deepas the wheel hub, more frequentmaintenance may be required. Seethe maintenance information in the“NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

. Spinning the front wheels on slip-pery surfaces may cause the AWDwarning light to flash and the AWDsystem to automatically switch fromthe AWD mode to the 2WD mode.This could reduce traction. Be espe-cially careful when towing a trailer(AWD model).

GUID-7AC5D8A9-24F3-4C7B-8F3A-315CFD31A438

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to theLOCK position while driving. This maycause the driver to lose control of thevehicle and could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

IGNITION SWITCH (models withoutIntelligent Key system)

Condition:

Black plate (217,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSD0392

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)

GUID-A31ADAA1-0AF9-4171-B26A-9D64BB7CD00F

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch cannot be turned to the LOCK positionuntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

. When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, make sure that the selectorlever is in the P (Park) position.

. When removing the key from the ignitionswitch, make sure that the selector lever is inthe P (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be turned tothe LOCK position:

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition.

4. Remove the key.

If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCKposition, the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position. The selector lever canbe moved if the ignition switch is in the ONposition with the foot brake pedal depressed.

There is an OFF position *1 between theLOCK and ACC positions, although it is notmarked on the ignition switch.

SSD0503

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)GUID-30599C43-2D5E-4054-92D8-1800F99D4CA8

The ignition switch includes a device that helpsprevent accidental removal of the key whiledriving.

The key can only be removed when the ignitionswitch is in the LOCK position.

To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK positionfrom the ACC or ON position, turn the key to theOFF position, push the key in, then turn the keyto the LOCK position.

There is an OFF position *1 in between theLOCK and ACC positions. The OFF position isindicated by a “1” on the key cylinder.

Starting and driving 5-11

Condition:

Black plate (218,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-12 Starting and driving

KEY POSITIONSGUID-C54ED564-3936-4896-8B08-FF272B2C52F9

LOCK (0)GUID-901559AD-A617-43F8-BF46-2DEF7AF312B3

The key can only be removed from the ignitionswitch at this position.

OFF (1)GUID-A2C75647-2895-44CA-AC8B-E3C35F0A8052

The engine is turned off. The power supply isturned off.

ACC (2)GUID-C206B45E-A01C-42CA-8A50-A20931977F8B

The electrical accessory power activates withoutthe engine turned on.

ON (3)GUID-A2B1FA29-D25F-417D-A4EA-C4988575CBE0

The ignition system and the electrical accessorypower activate without the engine turned on.

START (4)GUID-735DD235-3C17-431B-9EA3-29D3D621DF70

The engine starter activates and the engine willstart. The ignition switch, when released, willautomatically turn to the ON position.

CAUTION

As soon as the engine has started,release the ignition switch immediately.

GUID-AA9BA26A-B49B-43B0-A908-8512620A8F65

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle exceptin an emergency. (The engine will stopwhen the ignition switch is pushed 3consecutive times or the ignition switchis pushed and held for more than 2seconds.) If the engine stops while thevehicle is being driven, this could leadto a crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the selector lever tothe P (Park) position (for Continuously VariableTransmission models) or the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position (for manual transmissionmodels).

SSD0436

OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINESTART FUNCTION

GUID-92477EFA-07C9-4598-8D1A-D0B5C62E916C

The Intelligent Key can only be used for startingthe engine when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range*1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the Intelligent Keysystem’s operating range becomes narrowerand may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even someonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key, to pushthe ignition switch to start the engine.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH(models with Intelligent Key system)

Condition:

Black plate (219,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

. The cargo room area is not included in theoperating range but the Intelligent Key mayfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, inside the glove box ordoor pocket, the Intelligent Key may notfunction.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the IntelligentKey may function.

SSD0859

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHOPERATION

GUID-BF4C86CC-570F-4B04-92EF-AF63D44EB0BB

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal (Continuously Vari-able Transmission models) or the clutch pedal(manual transmission models), the ignitionswitch position will change as follows:

. Push once to change to ACC.

. Push two times to change to ON.

. Push three times to change to OFF.

. Push four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return to LOCKduring the OFF position.

The indicator light *A on the ignition switch

illuminates when the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation aredisplayed on the meter. (See “Warning/indicatorlights and audible reminders” (P.2-12).)

Continuously Variable Transmissionmodels

GUID-6E328D8C-24AA-4AAE-B272-4174A32518BF

The ignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch position cannot be switched to LOCKuntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the LOCK position, proceed as follows:

1. Move the selector lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The selector lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

Starting and driving 5-13

Condition:

Black plate (220,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-14 Starting and driving

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONS

GUID-974D7B79-BED6-4F09-AB6E-A579BEDC09E3

LOCK (Normal parking position)GUID-5A2EA06F-E703-4A2F-9560-66F1270752A7

The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it ispushed to the ACC position while carrying theIntelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories)GUID-F5678EC4-E8AB-4C49-8E37-0CBBB1B55191

This position activates electrical accessoriessuch as the radio, when the engine is notrunning.

ON (Normal operating position)GUID-D9698FD3-051D-4467-807E-FFC14A493CA4

This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

OFFGUID-A83721F2-C4C7-4D9A-826D-F29009E67A40

The engine can be turned off in this position.

Continuously Variable Transmission models: Theignition lock is designed so that the ignitionswitch cannot be switched to the LOCK positionuntil the selector lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ONposition when the engine is not runningfor an extended period. This can dis-charge the battery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFGUID-CBB805D6-14E9-451C-B7A9-7F58A6DE7098

To shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch3 consecutive times in less than 1.5seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

SSD0860

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGE

GUID-B0D1956A-5575-426F-A28A-6ED797C76123

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is discharged,or environmental conditions interfere with theIntelligent Key operation, start the engineaccording to the following procedure:

1. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position (for Continuously Variable Trans-mission models) or the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position (for manual transmissionmodels).

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the IntelligentKey as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

Condition:

Black plate (221,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4. Push the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal within 10 seconds after thechime sounds. The engine will start.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing the brakepedal, the ignition switch position will change toACC.

NOTE:. When the ignition switch is pushed to

the ACC or ON position or the engine isstarted by the above procedures, theIntelligent Key system warning lightmay blink in yellow even if the Intelli-gent Key is inside the vehicle. This isnot a malfunction. To stop the warninglight from blinking, touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key again.

. If the Intelligent Key system warninglight in the meter is blinking in green,replace the battery as soon as possible.(See “Key battery replacement” (P.8-22).)

GUID-99DA8E7B-99CA-40D0-B1AA-E547E7042524

. Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid asfrequently as possible, or at least wheneveryou refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights are clean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head restraints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lights whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition. (See “Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders” (P.2-12).)

GUID-7408FE11-64BC-4759-BC8E-07366732C0C9

MODELS WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEYSYSTEM

GUID-EE3305AF-5B97-4BAC-B371-E44FE4EBBA1C

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed so that it does notoperate unless the selector lever is in eitherof the above positions.

Manual Transmission (MT) models:

Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position. Depress the clutch pedal fully tothe floor.

The starter is designed not to operate unlessthe clutch pedal is fully depressed.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the ignitionswitch to START. Release the switch whenthe engine starts. If the engine starts, butfails to run, repeat the above procedure.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when restart-ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and holdit and then crank the engine. Release theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.

Starting and driving 5-15

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE

Condition:

Black plate (222,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-16 Starting and driving

. If the engine is very hard to start becauseit is flooded, depress the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floor and hold it.Crank the engine for 5 - 6 seconds. Aftercranking the engine, release the accel-erator pedal. Crank the engine with yourfoot off the accelerator pedal byturning the ignition switch to START.Release the ignition switch when theengine starts. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, turn the ignition switchoff and wait 10 seconds before crankingagain, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather. In cold weather,keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and

stopping the engine over a short period oftime may make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

5. To stop the engine, move the selector leverto the P (Park) position (CVTmodel) or movethe shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (MTmodel), and turn the ignition switch to theOFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

MODELS WITH INTELLIGENT KEYSYSTEM

GUID-E356135D-DD51-41D0-A03B-9A92CA69AD8E

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operate unless

the selector lever is in either of the abovepositions.

Manual Transmission (MT) models:

Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position. Depress the clutch pedal fully tothe floor.

The starter is designed not to operate unlessthe clutch pedal is fully depressed.

The Intelligent Key must be carriedwhen operating the ignition switch.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position.Depress the brake pedal (CVT models) orthe clutch pedal (MT models) and push theignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push andrelease the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal with the ignition switch inany position.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when restart-ing, depress the accelerator pedal a little(approximately 1/3 to the floor) and whileholding, crank the engine. Release theaccelerator pedal when the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to start becauseit is flooded, depress the acceleratorpedal all the way to the floor and hold it.Push the ignition switch to the ON

Condition:

Black plate (223,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

position to start cranking the engine.After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking bypushing the ignition switch to OFF. Aftercranking the engine, release the accel-erator pedal. Crank the engine with yourfoot off the accelerator pedal bydepressing the brake pedal and pushingthe push-button ignition switch to startthe engine. If the engine starts, but failsto run, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, push the ignition switchto OFF and wait 10 seconds beforecranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather. In cold weather,keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 -3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short period of

time may make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

When racing the engine up to 4,000 rpm ormore under no load condition, the enginewill enter the fuel cut mode.

5. To stop the engine, move the selector leverto the P (Park) position (CVT models) ormove the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position (MT models), and push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

GUID-0099E665-725B-489E-B596-F5A3F4CD54DB

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)

GUID-C699DF0B-987D-4AD2-879E-72829424A200

The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)in your vehicle is electronically controlled toproduce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for thistransmission are shown on the following pages.Follow these procedures for maximum vehicleperformance and driving enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

Starting the vehicleGUID-5D273D53-F49E-430A-9675-CA17371F1DFA

1. After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal before moving the selectorlever out of the P (Park) position.

This CVT is designed so that the footbrake pedal must be depressed beforeshifting from P (Park) to any drivingposition while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

The selector lever cannot be moved outof the P (Park) position and into any ofthe other positions if the ignitionswitch is placed in the LOCK, OFF orACC position or if the key is removed.

Starting and driving 5-17

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Condition:

Black plate (224,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-18 Starting and driving

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, pushthe selector lever button and move theselector lever to a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brakepedal, and then gradually start the vehicle inmotion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the acceleratorpedal while shifting from P (Park)or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D(Drive). Always depress the brakepedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you tolose control and have an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, souse caution when shifting into aforward or reverse gear before theengine has warmed up.

. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Re-verse) while vehicle is moving. Fail-ure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

CAUTION

. Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position whiledriving. Coasting with the transmis-sion in the N (Neutral) position maycause serious damage to the trans-mission.

. When stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicleby depressing the accelerator pedal.The foot brake should be used forthis purpose.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

SSD1140

ShiftingGUID-8E33D228-CFD5-4E80-8A5F-A2EC598FE23A

To move the selector lever,

:Push the button*A while depressing thebrake pedal.

: Push the button*A .

: Just move the selector lever.

After starting the engine, fully depress the brakepedal, push the selector lever button and movethe selector lever from the P (Park) position toany of the desired shift positions.

Condition:

Black plate (225,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selectorlever is in any position while the engineis not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedlyor roll away and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF orACC position for any reason while the selectorlever is in any positions other than the P (Park),the ignition switch cannot be placed in theLOCK position.

If the ignition switch cannot be placed in theLOCK position, perform the following steps:

1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle isstopped.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON positionwhile depressing the foot brake pedal.

3. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

4. Models with Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.

Models without Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, movethe selector lever to the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position only when the vehi-cle is completely stopped.

P (Park):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Use this selector position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Make surethe vehicle is completely stopped. The brakepedal must be depressed and the selectorlever button pushed in to move the selec-tor lever from N (Neutral) or any driveposition to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.When parking on a hill, apply the parking brakefirst, then move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

R (Reverse):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Use this position to back up. Make sure thevehicle is completely stopped before selectingthe R (Reverse) position. The brake pedalmust be depressed and the selector leverbutton pushed in to move the selectorlever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or anydriving position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

Manual shift mode (if so equipped)GUID-D712A263-68AD-455F-8166-C902EBCAB071

When the selector lever is shifted from the Dposition to the manual shift gate, the transmis-sion enters the manual shift mode. Shift rangescan be selected manually.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in the meter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

M1?/ M2

?/ M3

?/ M4

?/ M5

?/

M6

. When shifting up, move the selector lever tothe + (up) side. The transmission shifts to ahigher range.

. When shifting down, move the selector leverto the − (down) side. The transmission shiftsto a lower range.

. Moving the selector lever to the same sidetwice will shift the ranges in succession.However, if this motion is rapidly done, thesecond shifting may not be completed

Starting and driving 5-19

Condition:

Black plate (226,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-20 Starting and driving

properly.

. When canceling the manual shift mode,return the selector lever to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to thenormal driving mode.

M6 (6th):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Use this position for all normal forward driving athighway speeds.

M5 (5th):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Use this position when driving up long slopes, orfor engine braking when driving down longslopes.

M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

M1 (1st):GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deep snow,sand or mud, or for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill grades.

. Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than M6range. This reduces fuel economy.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selectedrange. This helps maintain driving per-formance and reduces the chance of

vehicle damage or loss of control.When this situation occurs, the Con-tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)position indicator light will blink andthe chime will sound.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to astop. When accelerating again, it isnecessary to shift up to the desiredrange.

. When the CVT fluid temperature is extre-mely low, the manual shift mode may notwork and automatically shift as a drive mode.This is not a malfunction. In this case, returnthe selector lever to the D position and drivefor a while and then shift to the manual shiftmode.

. When the CVT fluid temperature is high, theshift range may upshift at a lower enginespeed than usual. This is not a malfunction.

Accelerator downshift — In D position —GUID-BF3E06A6-2637-42C1-966D-5E30031CA744

For passing or hill climbing, fully depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into a lower gear, dependingon the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protection modeGUID-CE869FBC-89CE-4D62-AEC8-660F5235AF18

This transmission has a high fluid temperatureprotection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, when climbingsteep grades in high temperature with heavyloads), engine power and, under some condi-tions, vehicle speed will be decreased auto-matically to reduce the chance of transmissiondamage. Vehicle speed can be controlled withthe accelerator pedal, but the engine and vehiclespeed may be limited.

Fail-safeGUID-EA910347-92E1-44D4-9256-120D487E42CA

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. The MILmay illuminate to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. (See “Malfunction In-dicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-18).) This willoccur even if all electrical circuits arefunctioning properly. In this case, placethe ignition switch in the OFF position andwait for 10 seconds. Then turn the switchback to the ON position. The vehicleshould return to its normal operatingcondition. If it does not return to its normaloperating condition, have a NISSAN dealercheck the transmission and repair if ne-cessary.

Condition:

Black plate (227,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operationoccurs, vehicle speed may be graduallyreduced. The reduced speed may belower than other traffic, which couldincrease the chance of a collision. Beespecially careful when driving. If ne-cessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmissionto return to normal operation, or have itrepaired if necessary. SSD1142

Shift lock releaseGUID-39E4740A-3513-44A0-A306-744DB1802606

If the battery charge is low or discharged, theselector lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the selector lever button pushed.

To move the selector lever, perform the followingprocedure:

1. Models with Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position.

Models without Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition, and remove the key if it is inserted.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock release cover *Ausing a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release using asuitable tool.

5. Push the selector lever button and move theselector lever to the N (Neutral) positionwhile holding down the shift lock release.

Place the ignition switch in the ON position. Thevehicle may be moved to the desired location.

Replace the removed shift lock release coverafter the operation.

For models with Intelligent Key system: If thebattery is discharged completely, the steeringwheel cannot be unlocked. Do not move thevehicle with the steering wheel locked.

If the selector lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position, have a NISSAN dealer checkthe CVT system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position while theengine is running and the brake pedalis depressed, the stop lights may notwork. Malfunctioning stop lights couldcause an accident injuring yourself and

Starting and driving 5-21

Condition:

Black plate (228,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-22 Starting and driving

others.

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT)GUID-578CD4B7-85A6-49CB-AB4F-F226DA2198CA

WARNING

. Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

. Do not over-rev the engine whenshifting to a lower gear. This maycause a loss of control or enginedamage.

. When the high fluid temperatureprotection mode or fail-safe opera-tion occurs, vehicle speed may begradually reduced. The reducedspeed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase thechance of a collision. Be especiallycareful when driving. If necessary,pull to the side of the road at a safeplace and allow the transmission toreturn to normal operation, or haveit repaired if necessary.

CAUTION

. Do not rest your foot on the clutchpedal while driving. This may da-mage the clutch.

. Fully depress the clutch pedal be-fore shifting to help prevent trans-mission damage.

. Stop your vehicle completely beforeshifting into R (Reverse).

. When the vehicle is stopped for aperiod of time, for example at a stoplight, shift to N (Neutral) and releasethe clutch pedal with the foot brakeapplied.

SSD0552

ShiftingGUID-9FDDDF2D-B4D7-4E6E-B1E7-9D36A148D03F

To change gears, or when upshifting or down-shifting, fully depress the clutch pedal, shift intothe appropriate gear, then slowly and smoothlyrelease the clutch pedal.

Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd,3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gear in sequence accord-ing to vehicle speed.

To back up, pull the shift lever ring*1 upwardand then move it to the R (Reverse) gear afterstopping the vehicle completely.

The shift lever ring returns to its original positionwhen the shift lever is moved to the N (Neutral)position.

Condition:

Black plate (229,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the R(Reverse) or 1st gear, shift to the N (Neutral)position, and then release the clutch pedal once.Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shiftinto the R (Reverse) or 1st gear.

Suggested upshift speedsGUID-24C1C741-C5AB-4388-A7C4-8E56E9633140

The following are suggested vehicle speeds forshifting into a higher gear. These suggestionsrelate to fuel economy and vehicle performance.Actual upshift speeds will vary according to roadconditions, the weather and individual drivinghabits.

Gear change MPH (km/h)

1st to 2nd 15 (24)

2nd to 3rd 25 (40)

3rd to 4th 40 (64)

4th to 5th 45 (72)

5th to 6th 50 (80)

Suggested maximum speed in each gearGUID-BEB03AA8-9FB8-4719-8FC9-F9ABBD368399

Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is notrunning smoothly, or if you need to accelerate.

Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed(shown below) in any gear. For level roaddriving, use the highest gear suggested for thatspeed. Always observe posted speed limits, anddrive according to the road conditions, whichwill ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev theengine when shifting to a lower gear as it maycause engine damage or loss of vehicle control.

Gear MPH (km/h)

1st 33 (53)

2nd 57 (92)

3rd 79 (127)

4th —

5th —

6th —

Starting and driving 5-23

Condition:

Black plate (230,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-24 Starting and driving

GUID-0732A6EE-A1B3-4CC3-BD33-7DB3C73B83E2

The Integrated Control System is located belowthe audio system or navigation system (if soequipped). Two Integrated Control Systemmodes can be selected: Drive mode andClimate Control mode.

Depending on which Integrated Control Systemmode selected (Drive mode or Climate Controlmode), the screen display and some buttonfunctions will change.

. Drive mode

In the Drive mode, three types of drivingmodes can be selected: NORMAL, SPORTand ECO. See “Drive mode” (P.5-24). Inaddition, while in the Drive mode, SETUP,Drive information and ECO information canbe displayed and adjusted. See “Integratedcontrol system” (P.2-21).

. Climate Control mode

In the Climate Control mode, the climatecontrol can be set and adjusted. See“Automatic air conditioner (with IntegratedControl System)” (P.4-17).

SSD1154

DRIVE MODEGUID-2823EE2D-393A-4DD3-A706-4BE90023CB77

1. NORMAL drive mode button

2. Climate control mode select button

3. Drive mode select button

4. SETUP button

5. SPORT drive mode button

6. ECO drive mode button

7. Display screen

8. Enter button/Selection dial

INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (ifso equipped)

Condition:

Black plate (231,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSD1144

Example

Three drive modes (NORMAL, SPORT andECO) can be selected depending on the drivingcondition. When each mode is selected, thecontrol state of the engine, CVT (if soequipped), steering and climate appears onthe display briefly.

Each selected Drive mode (NORMAL, SPORTor ECO) is displayed at the top of the displayscreen.

NOTE:. The display values of torque, boost and

current fuel economy may differ de-pending on driving conditions. Use thedisplay values as reference only.

. The vehicle will be set to the NORMALdrive mode when restarting the engine.

SSD1145

NORMAL drive modeGUID-6714E0F5-DB61-4CAD-BB14-F2E233E040A2

The NORMAL drive mode is recommended fornormal driving. To set the NORMAL drive mode,press the Drive mode select button and thenpress the NORMAL drive mode button. Thecontrol state of the engine, CVT (if so equipped)steering and climate is displayed briefly.

When the NORMAL drive mode is selected, avoltage meter and an engine torque meterappear on the display screen.

NOTE:. The voltage meter may change accord-

ing to the driving condition. This is nota malfunction.

Starting and driving 5-25

Condition:

Black plate (232,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-26 Starting and driving

. At start up, the vehicle is automaticallyset to the NORMAL drive mode.

SSD1146

SPORT drive modeGUID-0A6211E0-42EC-41E4-8E12-C8C5047006D5

The SPORT drive mode is recommended for anenhanced performance feel. To set the SPORTdrive mode, press the drive mode select button.The control state of the engine, CVT (if soequipped), steering and climate control isdisplayed briefly. In the SPORT mode, theengine, CVT (if so equipped) and steering areset to SPORT. Climate control is set toNORMAL.

When the SPORT drive mode is selected, aboost meter appears on the display screen.

NOTE:

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may bereduced.

Condition:

Black plate (233,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SSD1147

ECO drive modeGUID-10A07907-CE8F-47A6-BEBC-E458A0664066

The ECO drive mode is recommended formaximum fuel economy. In the ECO drive mode,the engine and CVT (if so equipped) areadjusted to enhance fuel economy.

To set the ECO drive mode, press the drivemode select button and then press the ECOdrive mode button. The control state of theengine, CVT (if so equipped), steering andclimate control is displayed briefly.

When the ECO drive mode is selected, thecurrent fuel economy appears on the displayscreen.

When the climate ECO mode is also switched

on, the climate control system is adjusted tofurther enhance fuel economy.

The climate ECO mode can be switched on oroff in the SETUP mode. See “Setting the climateECO mode” (P.5-27).

NOTE:. Many driving factors influence fuel

economy. Selecting the ECO drivemode may not improve fuel economy.

. In the ECO drive mode, performancemay be reduced.

SSD1148

Setting the climate ECO mode:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

When the climate ECO mode is switched on,the climate control system operates to enhancefuel economy.

To turn the climate ECO mode on or off

1. Press the drive mode select button to selectthe drive mode.

2. Press the SETUP button.

3. Turn the selection dial until “CLIMATE ECO”is selected.

4. Press the ENTER button to switch climateECO on or off. When the CLIMATE ECOmode is turned on, the CLIMATE ECOindicator *A turns red on the display

Starting and driving 5-27

Condition:

Black plate (234,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-28 Starting and driving

screen.GUID-31EC2358-F7E9-4615-8367-3344BACF4D60

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure todo so can cause brake failure andlead to an accident.

. Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.

. Do not leave children unattended ina vehicle. They could release theparking brake and cause an acci-dent.

SPA2110

To apply: Pull the parking brake lever up*1 .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. While pulling up on the parking brake leverslightly, push the button*2 and lower thelever completely*3 .

3. Before driving, be sure the brake warninglight goes out.

PARKING BRAKE

Condition:

Black plate (235,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-3CB05FA0-A686-48B9-AC8C-D8BD471B4E3D

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON-TROL

GUID-C1B3FBF6-66A0-4E6D-A05B-28AC5FADAA48

. If the cruise control system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The CRUISE in-dicator light on the meter panel will thenblink to warn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperature becomesexcessively high, the cruise control systemwill cancel automatically.

. If the CRUISE indicator light blinks, turn thecruise control MAIN switch off and have thesystem checked by a NISSAN dealer.

. The CRUISE indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control MAIN switch is turned ONwhile pushing the ACCEL/RES, COAST/SET or CANCEL switch. To properly set thecruise control system, perform the followingprocedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control whendriving under the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CAUTION

On Manual Transmission (MT) models,do not shift into N (Neutral) withoutdepressing the clutch pedal when thecruise control is set. Should this occur,depress the clutch pedal and turn theMAIN switch off immediately. Failure todo so may cause engine damage.

SSD1128

1. ACCEL/RES switch

2. COAST/SET switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the MAINswitch on. The CRUISE indicator light willilluminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicleto the desired speed, push the COAST/SETswitch and release it. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the

Starting and driving 5-29

CRUISE CONTROL

Condition:

Black plate (236,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-30 Starting and driving

set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previouslyset speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this happens,drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:a) Push the CANCEL switch.

b) Tap the brake pedal.

c) Turn the MAIN switch off. The CRUISE indicatorlight will turn off.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSGUID-F2559FA0-5502-40A0-AC47-17C1EEC38DDF

. If you depress the brake pedal while pushingthe ACCEL/RES or COAST/SET switch andreset at the cruising speed, the cruisecontrol will disengage. Turn the MAIN switchoff once and then turn it on again.

. The cruise control will automatically cancel ifthe vehicle slows more than 8 MPH (13km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the selector lever to the N(Neutral) position (Continuously VariableTransmission models) or depressing theclutch pedal (Manual Transmission models),the cruise control will be canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the COAST/SET switch.

. Push and hold the ACCEL/RES switch.When the vehicle attains the desired speed,release the switch.

. Push, then quickly release the ACCEL/RESswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push theCOAST/SET switch and release it.

. Push and hold the COAST/SET switch.Release the switch when the vehicle slowsdown to the desired speed.

. Push, then quickly release the COAST/SETswitch. Each time you do this, the set speedwill decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the ACCEL/RES switch. The vehiclewill resume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

GUID-EC2FD794-8914-4CC0-A38E-2BDC09CE9FF5

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performance andensure the future reliability and econo-my of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow. Do not run theengine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE

Condition:

Black plate (237,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-7C03A534-EF0E-40B7-84F0-13B8CB4EE473

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient DrivingTips to help you achieve the most fuel economyfrom your vehicle.

1. Use smooth accelerator and brake pedalapplication.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possible.. Maintain constant speed while commut-

ing and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain constant speed. Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with traffic

lights allows you to reduce your numberof stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed can minimizered light stops and improve fuel effi-ciency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher vehiclespeeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool the vehicledue to increased aerodynamic drag.

. Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces cooling load.

4. Drive at economical speeds and distances.. Observing the speed limit and not ex-

ceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuel effi-ciency due to reduced aerodynamicdrag.

. Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces unneces-sary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reduced brak-ing and smooth acceleration changes.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steady speed.. Cruise control is particularly effective in

providing fuel savings when driving onflat terrains.

6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe for

stops exceeding 30-60 seconds saves

fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers to use

special lanes to maintain cruising speedthrough the toll and avoid stopping andstarting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel

economy.. Vehicles typically need no more than 30

seconds of idling at start-up to effectivelycirculate the engine oil before driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its ideal operatingtemperature more quickly while drivingversus idling.

10. Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered parking

area or in the shade whenever possible.. When entering a hot vehicle, opening the

windows will help to reduce the insidetemperature faster, resulting in reduceddemand on your A/C system.

Starting and driving 5-31

FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

Condition:

Black plate (238,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-32 Starting and driving

GUID-A7F7F37C-BB96-45E4-9A88-BFC0667354EF

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduled main-tenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.(See “Engine oil and oil filter recommenda-tion” (P.9-5).)

GUID-63E39624-CE54-4BBF-8A6D-1FF627669DD9

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position withthe engine running. Doing so mayresult in drivetrain damage or un-expected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dy-namometer (such as the dynam-ometers used by some states foremissions testing) or similar equip-ment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make surethat you inform the test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may re-sult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle da-mage or personal injury.

SSD1129

AWD mode switch

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) MODESWITCH OPERATIONS

GUID-D1E25B84-9B31-4A3A-B30F-1ACF48815006

The All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system is used toselect the 2WD (Two-Wheel Drive), AWD-V orAWD mode depending on the driving condi-tions.

The AWD mode indicator l ights ((green), ) are located in the instrument panel.

The AWD mode indicator lights (green)illuminate when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position. The indicator lights turn offwithin 1 second.

The AWD mode indicator lights will display themode selected by the AWD mode switch while

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if soequipped)

Condition:

Black plate (239,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

engine is running.

If the AWD warning light (yellow) illumi-nates, the AWD mode indicator lights will turnoff.

Push the AWD mode switch, located on theinstrument panel, to select 2WD, AWD-V orAWD.

AWD-V: Push the AWD mode switch to theneutral (AWD-V) position. The All-Wheel Drive(AWD) AWD-V indicator light in the meterilluminates.

2WD: Push the AWD mode switch to the 2WDposition.

AWD: Push the AWD mode switch to the AWDposition. The AWD indicator light (green) inthe meter illuminates.

AWD mode Wheels drivenAWD mode indicator light( , (green)) Use conditions

2WD

Front wheels:The wheel drive mode is inTwo-Wheel Drive (2WD)when driving on a normal road.

Turns offFor driving on dry,paved roads

AWD-V

Distribution of torque to thefront and rear wheels changesautomatically [ratio; 100 : 0(2WD)? 50 : 50 (AWD)] anddistribution of torque betweenleft and right wheel of rearwheels changes automaticallydepending on road conditionsencountered [ratio; 100 : 0(2WD) ? 50 : 50 (AWD)].

Illuminates For driving on paved orslippery roads

AWD

Distribution of torque to thefront and rear wheels changesautomatically [ratio; 100 : 0(2WD)? 50 : 50 (AWD)] andthe distribution of torque be-tween the left and right rearwheels changes automaticallydepending on the slipperyroad conditions encountered.

Illuminates (green) For driving on slipperyroads

AWD shift tipsGUID-C3572DD7-0285-47BA-B5AE-F412F28BC6E1

. If the AWD mode switch is operated whilemaking a turn, accelerating or decelerating,or if the ignition switch is turned off while inthe AWD-V or AWD mode, you may feel ajolt. This is normal.

. The oil temperature of power train parts willincrease if the vehicle is continuouslyoperated under conditions where the differ-ence in rotation between the front and rearwheels is large (wheel slip), such as whendriving the vehicle on rough roads throughsand or mud or when freeing a stuck vehicle.

Starting and driving 5-33

Condition:

Black plate (240,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-34 Starting and driving

In these cases, the AWD warning light blinksrapidly and the AWD mode changes to the2WD mode to protect the power train parts.If you stop driving with the engine idling andwait until the warning light stops blinking,the AWD returns to the AWD-V or AWDmode.

. Brake distance in the AWD mode is thesame as 2WD.

CAUTION

. Do not start the engine with theAWD mode switch in any mode inthe following cases:

— when the vehicle is placed on afree-roller or jacking up thevehicle with the front tiresraised and the rear tires on theground.

— when towing the vehicle with therear tires raised from theground.

. Operate the AWD mode switch onlywhen driving straight. Do not oper-ate the AWD mode switch whenmaking a turn or backing up.

. Do not operate the AWD modeswitch with the front wheel spin-ning.

. Engine idling speed is high whilewarming up the engine. Be espe-cially careful when starting or driv-ing on slippery surfaces with theAWD mode switch set in the AWD-Vor AWD mode.

SSD0336-D

AWD WARNING LIGHTGUID-00AD0D7B-4E50-437F-8A9D-C89C8757711F

The AWD warning light located in the instrumentpanel illuminates when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position. It turns off soon afterthe engine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD systemwhile the engine is running, or while driving, the

Condition:

Black plate (241,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

warning light will either remain illuminated orblink.

High-temperature power train oil due to con-tinuous operation of the vehicle to free a stuckvehicle makes the warning light blink rapidly(about twice per second). The driving mode maychange to the 2WD mode. If the warning lightblinks rapidly during operation, stop the vehiclewith the engine idling in a safe place immedi-ately. Then if the light goes off after a while, youcan continue driving.

A large difference between the diameters offront and rear wheels will make the warning lightblink slowly (about once per 2 seconds). Pull offthe road in a safe area, and idle the engine.Check that all tire sizes are the same, tirepressure is correct and tires are not worn.Change the AWD mode switch to the 2WDmode and do not drive fast.

CAUTION

. If the warning light illuminates whiledriving, AWD mode will be changedto 2WD mode. Reduce the vehiclespeed and have your vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer assoon as possible. Be especiallycareful when driving.

. The power train may be damaged ifyou continue driving with the AWDwarning light blinking rapidly.

Starting and driving 5-35

Condition:

Black plate (242,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-36 Starting and driving

GUID-E736AF38-DC1B-4F99-A928-0D36F3CB2A37

SSD0488

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

. Never leave the engine runningwhile the vehicle is unattended.

. Do not leave children unattendedinside the vehicle. They could un-knowingly activate switches or con-trols. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious acci-

dents.

. Safe parking procedures requirethat both the parking brake beapplied and the transmission placedinto P (Park) for Continuously Vari-able Transmission (CVT) model or inan appropriate gear for ManualTransmission (MT) model. Failureto do so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away andresult in an accident.

. Make sure the continuously variabletransmission selector lever hasbeen pushed as far forward as it

can go and cannot be moved with-out depressing the foot brake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

Manual Transmission (MT) models:

Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) gear.When parking on an uphill grade, place theshift lever in the 1st gear.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling intothe street when parked on a sloping driveway, it is a good practice to turn the wheelsas illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB:*1

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB:*2Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB:*3Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Condition:

Black plate (243,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

4. Models with Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.

Models without Intelligent Key system:

Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition and remove the key.

GUID-FCEF4119-86A5-4E02-81F1-220A1BD67BD0

WARNING

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

. When the electric power steeringwarning light illuminates with theengine running, the power assist forthe steering will cease operation.You will still have control of thevehicle but the steering will beharder to operate.

The electric power steering system is designedto provide power assist while driving to operatethe steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedlyor continuously while parking or driving at a verylow speed, the power assist for the steeringwheel will be reduced. This is to preventoverheating of the electric power steeringsystem and protect it from getting damaged.While the power assist is reduced, steeringwheel operation will become heavy. When thetemperature of the electric power steeringsystem goes down, the power assist level willreturn to normal. Avoid repeating such steering

wheel operations that could cause the electricpower steering system to overheat.

You may hear a sound when the steering wheelis operated quickly. However, this is not amalfunction.

If the electric power steering warning lightilluminates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the electric power steering system isnot functioning properly and may need servicing.Have the electric power steering systemchecked by a NISSAN dealer. (See “Electricpower steering warning light” (P.2-14).)

When the electric power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, the powerassist for the steering will cease operation. Youwill still have control of the vehicle. However,greater steering effort is needed, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.

Starting and driving 5-37

ELECTRIC POWER STEERINGSYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (244,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-38 Starting and driving

GUID-C85EA487-970D-4143-8E32-0A76E249C62B

BRAKING PRECAUTIONSGUID-E193E720-D853-4379-82DC-E8EA84DDFD5B

The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will stillhave braking at two wheels.

You may feel a small click and hear a soundwhen the brake pedal is fully depressed slowly.This is not a malfunction and indicates that thebrake assist mechanism is operating properly.

Vacuum assisted brakesGUID-0E23F656-D41A-488F-8147-9851A53DE80D

The brake booster aids braking by using enginevacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop thevehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will berequired to stop the vehicle and the stoppingdistance will be longer.

When the brake pedal is depressed slowly andfirmly, you may hear a clicking noise and feel aslight pulsation. This is normal and indicates thatthe Brake Assist System is operating.

Using the brakesGUID-68FFF67F-04F0-402E-BB4B-882B90506CCB

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal whiledriving. This will cause overheating of thebrakes, wearing out the brake pads and shoesfaster and reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going down a

slope or long grade. Overheated brakes mayreduce braking performance and could result inloss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingor accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in anaccident.

. If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesGUID-853A77D3-7334-4546-A056-4F62470691EB

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result, yourbraking distance will be longer and the vehiclemay pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speedwhile lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat-upthe brakes. Do this until the brakes return tonormal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speedsuntil the brakes function correctly.

Parking brake break-inGUID-3CACC1C2-C000-436E-B53F-77E9E90BA938

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever thestopping effect of the parking brake is weakenedor whenever the parking brake shoes and/ordrums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure thebest braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed by aNISSAN dealer.

BRAKE SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (245,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-EC3A4D5C-5B0D-4B05-8797-16078A3BB5CF

BRAKE ASSISTGUID-4F7C10AE-4D30-42D8-A185-FF61F97693EE

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking force than aconventional brake booster even with light pedalforce.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle atall times.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)GUID-AD934732-3AE5-459A-B8C3-7A014C0C24D9

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintainvehicle control during braking onslippery surfaces. Remember thatstopping distances on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normal

surfaces even with ABS. Stoppingdistances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow coveredroads, or if you are using tire chains.Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

. Tire type and condition may alsoaffect braking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire,make sure that it is the propersize and type as specified on theTire and Loading Informationlabel. See “Tire and LoadingInformation label” (P.9-10) ofthis manual.

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” (P.8-30) ofthis manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) controlsthe brakes so the wheels do not lock during hardbraking or when braking on slippery surfaces.The system detects the rotation speed at each

wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure toprevent each wheel from locking and sliding. Bypreventing each wheel from locking, the systemhelps the driver maintain steering control andhelps to minimize swerving and spinning onslippery surfaces.

Using the systemGUID-597530BD-6BA0-4B9D-B015-6FBB8D66C7EE

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheels fromlocking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stopping dis-tances.

Self-test featureGUID-A2B20D88-3F8D-458B-A01C-ABFC4E8BBA39

The ABS includes electronic sensors, electricpumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic feature thattests the system each time you start the engineand move the vehicle at a low speed in forwardor reverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and does not

Starting and driving 5-39

BRAKE ASSIST

Condition:

Black plate (246,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-40 Starting and driving

indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses amalfunction, it switches the ABS off andilluminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system then oper-ates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during theself-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked by a NISSAN dealer.

Normal operationGUID-9CBA1EE9-2858-46A7-AF1C-F9A91252FE68

The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH(5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according toroad conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheelsare close to locking up, the actuator rapidlyapplies and releases hydraulic pressure. Thisaction is similar to pumping the brakes veryquickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise from under the hood orfeel a vibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicates that theABS is operating properly. However, the pulsa-tion may indicate that road conditions arehazardous and extra care is required whiledriving.

GUID-4D57C7DA-6768-4F4F-8824-D372FBB702EE

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driver inputsand vehicle motion. Under certain driving con-ditions, the VDC system helps to perform thefollowing functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so power istransferred to a non slipping drive wheel onthe same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engine outputto reduce drive wheel slip based on vehiclespeed (traction control function).

. Controls brake pressure at individual wheelsand engine output to help the driver maintaincontrol of the vehicle in the followingconditions:

— understeer (vehicle tends to not followthe steered path despite increasedsteering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver to maintaincontrol of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent lossof vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panel flashesso note the following:

. The road may be slippery or the system maydetermine some action is required to help

keep the vehicle on the steered path.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the VDCwarning light illuminates in the instrumentpanel. The VDC system automatically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The VDC off indicator illuminates toindicate the VDC system is off. When the VDCswitch is used to turn off the system, the VDCsystem still operates to prevent one drive wheelfrom slipping by transferring power to a nonslipping drive wheel. The VDC warning lightflashes if this occurs. All other VDC functionsare off, and the VDC warning light will notflash. The VDC system is automatically reset toon when the ignition switch is placed in the offposition then back to the on position.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warninglight” (P.2-17) and “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-19).

The computer has a built-in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you start theengine and move the vehicle forward or inreverse at a slow speed. When the self-test

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (247,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feela pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal andis not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to helpimprove driving stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speedand be especially careful when driv-ing and cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs,stabilizer bars, bushings andwheels are not NISSAN recom-mended for your vehicle or areextremely deteriorated, the VDCsystem may not operate properly.This could adversely affect vehiclehandling performance, and the VDCwarning light may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are extre-mely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and theVDC warning light may illumi-nate.

. If engine control related parts arenot NISSAN recommended or areextremely deteriorated, the VDCwarning light may illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher bankedcorners, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the VDC warn-ing light may illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

. When driving on an unstable sur-face such as a turntable, ferry,elevator or ramp, the VDC warninglight may illuminate. This is nota malfunction. Restart the engineafter driving onto a stable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones areused, the VDC system may notoperate properly and the VDC warn-ing light may illuminate.

. The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

Starting and driving 5-41

Condition:

Black plate (248,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-42 Starting and driving

GUID-5460FB5E-5751-4144-BEDA-9C44CC26E1E8

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKGUID-C74B4044-96AE-491C-BC91-45A9ECC9A5E7

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lock becomesfrozen, heat the key before inserting it into thekey hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob.

ANTI-FREEZEGUID-90BFB791-C394-4902-BD39-3C2F7195DC93

In the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F (08C),check the anti-freeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see “En-gine cooling system” (P.8-7).

BATTERYGUID-EB5AE933-122D-4608-B599-298971BE31E0

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the battery shouldbe checked regularly. For additional information,see “Battery” (P.8-13).

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERGUID-A4BF66A7-0598-4C4A-8F3F-1B3EE14A1F6A

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including theengine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.For details, see “Engine cooling system” (P.8-7).

TIRE EQUIPMENTGUID-9C8439E1-BA84-485E-ACF6-DFC2574800D6

SUMMER tires have a tread designed to providesuperior performance on dry pavement. How-ever, the performance of these tires will besubstantially reduced in snowy and icy condi-tions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icyroads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOWor ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,speed rating and availability information.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see “Tirechains” (P.8-35) of this manual.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelGUID-CA8E5B24-EE0B-4E6E-8EC1-7A9D3E4537A5

If you install snow tires, they must also be thesame size, brand, construction and tread patternon all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTGUID-3491A18F-97B7-48DE-9D77-0C0C0BB3803C

It is recommended that the following items becarried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to removeice and snow from the windows and wiperblades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow-drifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICEGUID-28640823-2F38-49A8-9D56-4832A7583977

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slickand very hard to drive on. Thevehicle will have much less tractionor “grip” under these conditions. Tryto avoid driving on wet ice until theroad is salted or sanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheelswill lose even more traction.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

Condition:

Black plate (249,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pave-ment.

. Allow greater following distanceson slippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If apatch of ice is seen ahead, brakebefore reaching it. Try not to brakewhile on the ice, and avoid anysudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use cruise control on slip-pery roads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keepsnow clear of the exhaust pipe andfrom around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

GUID-9EBD4000-0E29-4092-92D0-5C9ACC0F9DA3

Engine block heaters are used to assist in coldtemperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 208F (−78C) or lower.

To use the engine block heaterGUID-B6F11932-7CD7-4797-A619-A9BDB66DE985

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extension cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be plugged infor at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warm theengine coolant. Use an appropriate timer toturn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it away frommoving parts.

WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical sys-tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You canbe seriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

. Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord beforestarting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electricalshock and can cause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least10A. Plug the extension cord into aGround Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.Failure to use the proper extensioncord or a grounded outlet can resultin a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.

Starting and driving 5-43

Condition:

Black plate (250,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

5-44 Starting and driving

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (251,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ................................................. 6-2Emergency engine shut off (models with IntelligentKey system) ................................................................................... 6-2Flat tire ............................................................................................ 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ....................... 6-3Changing a flat tire ................................................................ 6-3

Jump starting ................................................................................ 6-8Push starting .............................................................................. 6-10If your vehicle overheats ......................................................... 6-10Towing your vehicle ................................................................. 6-12

Towing recommended by NISSAN .............................. 6-13Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) .................. 6-14

Condition:

Black plate (252,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6-2 In case of emergency

GUID-F8C8FFF6-A599-4B3B-A1E6-F9439E4BD2DC

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other drivers whenyou must stop or park under emergency condi-tions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, besure to move the vehicle well off theroad.

. Do not use the hazard warningflashers while moving on the high-way unless unusual circumstancesforce you to drive so slowly thatyour vehicle might become a hazard

to other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights areon.

The flasher can be actuated with the ignitionswitch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

GUID-7C6757DA-C9FC-43FC-9E43-9CB1131A89D7

To shut off the engine in an emergency situationwhile driving, perform the following procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch3 consecutive times in less than 1.5seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF(models with Intelligent Key system)

Condition:

Black plate (253,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-5D64AB92-19AE-4EBB-85E2-0500CB2054C5

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)

GUID-E0564C3C-60A2-48DF-92E3-FDD16E11845D

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit, and theCHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warning mes-sage is displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven withlow tire pressure, the TPMS will activate andwarn you of it by the low tire pressure warninglight. This system will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h). For more details, see “Warning/indicatorlights and audible reminders” (P.2-12) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).

WARNING

. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possi-ble. Driving with under-inflated tiresmay permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tire

failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in seriouspersonal injury. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLDtire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If you have a flat tire, replace itwith a spare tire as soon as possi-ble.

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

. Do not inject any tire liquid oraerosol tire sealant into the tires,as this may cause a malfunction of

the tire pressure sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREGUID-8474486F-6C56-450C-B1B8-C91BAAF1ADF3

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow.

Stopping the vehicleGUID-C0CA87DA-59C4-4915-AC34-CE46166CC4B8

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road andaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parkingbrake.

4. Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

Manual Transmission (MT) models:

Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.

5. Turn off the engine.

6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, and tosignal professional road assistance person-nel that you need assistance.

7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicleand stand in a safe place, away from trafficand clear of the vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-3

FLAT TIRE

Condition:

Black plate (254,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6-4 In case of emergency

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake issecurely applied and the ManualTransmission is shifted into R (Re-verse), or the Continuously VariableTransmission into P (Park).

. Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

. Never change tires if oncomingtraffic is close to your vehicle. Waitfor professional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsGUID-B5F204A8-2435-40F7-A0E6-8D2BC693DD3A

Place suitable blocks*1 at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite the flattire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it isjacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as thevehicle may move and result in personalinjury.

SCE0946

Jacking tools

Getting the spare tire and toolsGUID-97946DB1-3B73-45B8-A2F0-CC2CD61699B0

Open the lift gate. Raise the cargo floor board*1 . Remove jacking tools.

Condition:

Black plate (255,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SCE0947

The spare tire is located under the cargo floorboard.

Loosen the clamp *2 and remove the spacer*1 and take out the spare tire.

Jacking up the vehicle and removing thedamaged tire

GUID-9D483FCD-A1F1-4D38-AB52-601B804B76EC

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles. The jack is de-signed for lifting only your vehicleduring a tire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points.Never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under thejack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it maycause the vehicle to move.

. Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

In case of emergency 6-5

Condition:

Black plate (256,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6-6 In case of emergency

SCE0948

Jack-up point

1. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the twonotches in the front or the rear as shown.Also fit the groove of the jack head betweenthe notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

SCE0504

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns byturning it counterclockwise with the wheelnut wrench. Do not remove the wheelnuts until the tire is off the ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack leverand rod with both hands as shown above.Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clearsthe ground. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.

Condition:

Black plate (257,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SCE0933

Installing the spare tireGUID-5EA972A8-ECC0-4BA2-9DA3-AA3F89474077

The spare tire is designed for emergencyuse. (See specific instructions under theheading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-30).)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tightenthe wheel nuts finger tight. Check that all thewheel nuts contact the wheel surfacehorizontally.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheelnuts alternately and evenly in the sequenceas illustrated (*1 ,*2 ,*3 ,*4 ,*5 ), morethan 2 times, until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with the wheelnut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securelyin the sequence as illustrated. Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on thewheel studs or nuts. This couldcause the nuts to become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of aflat tire, etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specifications at all times. It isrecommended that the wheel nuts be

tightened to specifications at eachlubrication interval.. Adjust tire pressure to the COLD

pressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parked for 3hours or more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information labelaffixed to the driver side center pillar.

Stowing the damaged tire and the toolsGUID-91AF6071-9A97-4265-A3F7-ED7B079600F0

1. Securely store the jack, tools and thedamaged tire in the storage area.

2. Replace the cargo floor box and board.

3. Close the lift gate.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items canbecome dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

. The spare tire and small size sparetire are designed for emergency use.See specific instructions under the

In case of emergency 6-7

Condition:

Black plate (258,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6-8 In case of emergency

heading “Wheels and tires” (P.8-30).

GUID-EFD5543C-B96C-4978-B4C8-DDC9E8689D5B

To start your engine with a booster battery, theinstructions and precautions below must befollowed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump startingcan lead to a battery explosion,resulting in severe injury or death.It could also damage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid isa corrosive sulfuric acid solutionwhich can cause severe burns. Ifthe fluid should come into contactwith anything, immediately flush thecontacted area with water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

. Whenever working on or near abattery, always wear suitable eyeprotectors (for example, goggles orindustrial safety spectacles) andremove rings, metal bands, or anyother jewelry. Do not lean over thebattery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start afrozen battery. It could explodeand cause serious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic en-gine cooling fan. It could come on atany time. Keep hands and otherobjects away from it.

JUMP STARTING

Condition:

Black plate (259,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SCE0981

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and causepersonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle*B , position the two vehicles (*A and*B )to bring their batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

Manual Transmission (MT) models:

Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position.

4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems(headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

5. Remove the vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with a firmlywrung out moist cloth to reduce explosionhazard.

6. Connect jumper cables in the sequence asillustrated (*1 ?*2 ?*3 ?*4 ).

For the vehicle equipped with Intelli-gent Key system:

If the battery is discharged, the ignitionswitch cannot be moved from the OFFposition. Connect the jumper cables tothe booster vehicle*B before turningthe ignition switch.

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, as illustrated),not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that the cableclamps do not contact any othermetal.

7. Start the engine of the booster vehicle *Band let it run for a few minutes.

8. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *B at about 2,000 rpm, and startthe engine of the vehicle *A being jumpstarted.

In case of emergency 6-9

Condition:

Black plate (260,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6-10 In case of emergency

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, place theignition switch in the OFF position andwait 10 seconds before trying again.

9. After starting your engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the positivecable (*4 ?*3 ?*2 ?*1 ).

10. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Besure to dispose of the cloth used to coverthe vent holes as it may be contaminatedwith corrosive acid.

GUID-A764C60A-F34B-45BD-8A21-83DCBF259F31

Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing.

CAUTION

. Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-started or tow-started. Attemptingto do so may cause transmissiondamage.

. Three-way catalyst equipped mod-els should not be started by pushingsince the three way catalyst may bedamaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle bytowing it; when the engine starts,the forward surge could cause thevehicle to collide with the towvehicle.

GUID-706E277F-8F75-437A-8E9B-3AA46086CF31

CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if yourvehicle overheats. Doing so couldcause engine damage or a vehiclefire.

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never remove the radiatorcap while the engine is still hot.When the radiator cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurt out,possibly causing serious injury.

. Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading), or ifyou feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormalnoise, etc., take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road andapply the parking brake.

2. Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models:

Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

Manual Transmission (MT) models:

Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Condition:

Black plate (261,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

position.

Do not stop the engine.

3. Turn off the air conditioner (if so equipped).Open all the windows, move the heater or airconditioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radiatorbefore opening the hood. (If steam orcoolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)Do not open the hood further until no steamor coolant can be seen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

6. Visually check the drive belt for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking orthe cooling fan does not run, stop theengine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts orthe engine cooling fan. The enginecooling fan can start at any time.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir with the enginerunning. Add coolant to the reservoir ifnecessary. Have your vehicle repaired at aNISSAN dealer.

In case of emergency 6-11

Condition:

Black plate (262,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6-12 In case of emergency

GUID-9C3082E6-7E05-4D3B-99BC-7AC9A9D1154A

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial inCanada) and local regulations for towing mustbe followed. Incorrect towing equipment coulddamage your vehicle. Towing instructions areavailable from a NISSAN dealer. Local serviceoperators are familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damage toyour vehicle, NISSAN recommends that youhave a service operator tow your vehicle. It isadvisable to have the service operator carefullyread the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working con-dition. If any unit is damaged, dol-lies must be used.

. Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For information about towing your vehicle behinda recreational vehicle (RV), see “Flat towing”(P.9-15) of this manual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

Condition:

Black plate (263,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SCE0950

Two-wheel drive models

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSANGUID-09B962BF-4170-4F2F-83C9-E1E70F0C2C59

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsGUID-52826B00-51B3-4A50-B898-5192FE87088D

NISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow CVTmodels with the frontwheels on the ground or fourwheels on the ground (forward orbackward), as this may cause ser-ious and expensive damage to the

transmission. If it is necessary totow the vehicle with the rear wheelsraised, always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.

. When towing CVT models with thefront wheels on towing dollies:Push the ignition switch to theACC or ON position, and securethe steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or simi-lar device. Move the selector leverto the N (Neutral) position.

. When towing a CVT model with therear wheels on the ground (if you donot use towing dollies): Alwaysrelease the parking brake.

In case of emergency 6-13

Condition:

Black plate (264,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6-14 In case of emergency

SCE0952

All-wheel drive models

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsGUID-F1452A8C-FBB7-4968-A917-24030A5251A3

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or the vehicle beplaced on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may causeserious and expensive damage to thepowertrain.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

GUID-8BA26C80-AB41-4D31-91EB-1E623D595DAA

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed.This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheatand be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicleGUID-732B880F-D49E-4C39-8F62-BB53A9900276

Do not use the tie down hook for towing orvehicle recovery.

Condition:

Black plate (265,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SCE0951

Front

SCE0833

Front:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

1. Remove the hook cover *1 from thebumper with a suitable tool.

2. Securely install the recovery hook *2 asillustrated.

Make sure that the hook is properly secured inits original position after use.

SCE0678

Rear

Rear:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

Do not use the tie down hook to pull the vehicle.

CAUTION

. Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to the vehicle recoveryhook or main structural members ofthe vehicle. Otherwise, the vehiclebody will be damaged.

. Do not use the vehicle tie downhook to free a vehicle stuck in sand,snow, mud, etc.

In case of emergency 6-15

Condition:

Black plate (266,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6-16 In case of emergency

. Never tow a vehicle using the vehi-cle tie down hook or recovery hook.

. Always pull the cable straight outfrom the front of the vehicle. Neverpull on the vehicle at an angle.

. Pulling devices should be routed sothey do not touch any part of thesuspension, steering, brake or cool-ing systems.

. Pulling devices such as ropes orcanvas straps are not recommendedfor use in vehicle towing or recov-ery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleGUID-2A461430-45B5-4FEA-9A27-9404CC0BC37B

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clearan area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-ward.. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse)

and D (Drive) (Continuously Variable

Transmission models) or 1st and R(Reverse) (Manual Transmission models).

. Apply the accelerator as little as possibleto maintain the rocking motion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission models) or 1st andR (Manual Transmission models).

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing serviceto remove the vehicle.

Condition:

Black plate (267,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

MEMO

In case of emergency 6-17

Condition:

Black plate (268,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

6-18 In case of emergency

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (269,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .......................................................................... 7-2Washing .................................................................................... 7-2Waxing ...................................................................................... 7-2Removing spots ...................................................................... 7-3Underbody ................................................................................ 7-3Glass ......................................................................................... 7-3Wheels ...................................................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels .......................................................... 7-3Chrome parts .......................................................................... 7-3Tire dressing ............................................................................ 7-4

Cleaning interior .......................................................................... 7-4Air fresheners ........................................................................ 7-4Floor mats .............................................................................. 7-5Seat belts ............................................................................... 7-6

Corrosion protection ................................................................... 7-6Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion .................................................................. 7-6Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ........................................................................... 7-6To protect your vehicle from corrosion .......................... 7-7

Condition:

Black plate (270,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

7-2 Appearance and care

GUID-A755C59E-96E5-4928-B560-61064A7BF708

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicleas soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on the surface

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGGUID-C55956CD-3D46-45AD-807C-40DA5D820D73

Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge andplenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughlyusing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixed withclean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acidin the detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to func-tion properly. Always check withyour car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemicaldetergents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or while the vehicle body ishot, as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean

water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable tothe effects of road salt. Therefore, these areasmust be regularly cleaned. Make sure that thedrain holes in the lower edge of the door areopen. Spray water under the body and in thewheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surfaceby using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXINGGUID-9372BA49-79E0-4BB9-ABBA-346233965B83

Regular waxing protects the paint surface andhelps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishingis recommended to remove built-up wax residueand to avoid a weathered appearance beforereapplying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing theproper product.

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polishing on abase coat/clear coat paint finish may dull thefinish or leave swirl marks.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

Condition:

Black plate (271,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

REMOVING SPOTSGUID-5C048AF7-EB9A-4CB1-A76B-013EFC048F35

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lasting damageor staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at a NISSAN dealer or any automotiveaccessory stores.

UNDERBODYGUID-B83F55FD-15F9-4833-9495-4C5E3CEB1127

In areas where road salt is used in winter, theunderbody must be cleaned regularly. This willprevent dirt and salt from building up andcausing the acceleration of corrosion on theunderbody and suspension. Before the winterperiod and again in the spring, the undersealmust be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSGUID-8E671241-9316-4E8B-A3E4-1B6AAABEE725

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glassto become coated with a film after the vehicle isparked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a softcloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could da-

mage the electrical conductors, radioantenna elements or rear windowdefroster elements.

WHEELSGUID-5C1A4D98-FAA3-42C6-9D60-F719F6288D8C

Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle tomaintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

. NISSAN recommends that the road wheelsbe waxed to protect against road salt inareas where it is used during winter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELSGUID-365F7FE3-3E13-4C96-BDAE-48FF7C0361FE

Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in amild soap solution, especially during wintermonths in areas where road salt is used. Saltcould discolor the wheels if not removed.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that usesstrong acid or alkali contents toclean the wheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. Thewheel temperature should be thesame as ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSGUID-5BB31808-6290-4F98-9904-5031603D6ACF

Clean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Appearance and care 7-3

Condition:

Black plate (272,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

7-4 Appearance and care

TIRE DRESSINGGUID-D82454BF-6818-4F9A-BCAA-709BC7775C3D

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating tothe tires to help reduce discoloration of therubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, itmay react with the coating and form a com-pound. This compound may come off the tirewhile driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily with anoil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing iscompletely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

GUID-10596176-D8CC-4ED7-A53D-90D6F730AAC5

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interiortrim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuumcleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl andleather surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dam-pened in mild soap solution, then wipe cleanwith a dry soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order tomaintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Some fabricprotectors contain chemicals that may stain orbleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, to cleanthe meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensors. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to the leather sur-faces and should be removedpromptly. Do not use saddle soap,car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents or am-monia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaneron meter or gauge lens covers. Itmay damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSGUID-E3FD8CE0-974F-4A98-BFAE-0E7A40A53F62

Most air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when they contactvehicle interior surfaces. Place the airfreshener in a location that allows it to hangfree and not contact an interior surface.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Condition:

Black plate (273,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions before using air fresheners.

FLOOR MATSGUID-C61BCC4D-3D4A-4774-A32F-F2158F912ECC

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision or injury:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver frontposition.

. Use only genuine NISSAN floormats specifically designed for usein your vehicle model. See yourNISSAN dealer for more informa-tion.

. Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat posi-tioning aid. See “Floor mat posi-tioning aid” (P.7-5).

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. Mats should be

maintained with regular cleaning and replaced ifthey become excessively worn.

SAI0050

Front (example)

Floor mat positioning aidGUID-44ADD536-A773-492F-A9BE-7AE082622EB3

This model includes front floor mat brackets toact as floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floormats have been specially designed for yourvehicle model. The front floor mats havegrommet holes in them. To install, simplyposition the mat by placing the floor mat bracketthrough the floor mat grommet hole whilecentering the mat in the floorwell.

Periodically check to make certain that the matsare properly positioned.

Appearance and care 7-5

Condition:

Black plate (274,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

7-6 Appearance and care

SAI0055

Bracket positions

The illustration shows the location of the floormat brackets.

SEAT BELTSGUID-4B8B9D33-257C-4C6A-A088-D5EF5494B6F8

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soapsolution. Allow the belts to dry completely inthe shade before using them.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-9).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, orchemical solvents to clean the seat

belts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

GUID-32A89872-22C3-4DD8-851F-2F0534F26333

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION

GUID-4F19D920-9FE4-4367-859F-298D54E2CA6D

. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirtand debris in body panel sections, cavities,and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protective coat-ings caused by gravel and stone chips orminor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

GUID-95BF4D2E-F4B4-4354-ADB7-25BFC814FCC9

MoistureGUID-368833C3-233C-4429-90E7-B606193D7281

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completelyinside the vehicle, and should be removed fordrying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidityGUID-AF355B12-E477-4AE7-9F6C-518C2C99106A

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areas wherethe temperatures stay above freezing whereatmospheric pollution exists, or where road saltis used.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Condition:

Black plate (275,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

TemperatureGUID-8A62F287-A12D-4083-8666-642B95E9DDCF

A temperature increase will accelerate the rateof corrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionGUID-0111D033-624A-4AB7-89F6-BD34B852B0D0

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the airin coastal areas, or heavy road salt use willaccelerate the corrosion process. Road salt willalso accelerate the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

GUID-048F72A8-ED8A-4835-BF83-E8ED8F6FC8C7

. Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep thevehicle clean.

. Always check for minor damage to the paintand repair it as soon as possible.

. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

. Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wateras soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or otherdebris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.

Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electroniccomponents inside the vehicle asthis may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosionand deterioration of underbody componentssuch as the exhaust system, fuel and brakelines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in some areas,consult a NISSAN dealer.

Appearance and care 7-7

Condition:

Black plate (276,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

7-8 Appearance and care

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (277,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirement ........................................................... 8-2Scheduled maintenance ....................................................... 8-2General maintenance ............................................................ 8-2Where to go for service ....................................................... 8-2

General maintenance .................................................................. 8-2Explanation of maintenance items ...................................... 8-2

Maintenance precautions ........................................................... 8-5Engine compartment check locations ..................................... 8-6

MR16DDT engine .................................................................. 8-6Engine cooling system ................................................................ 8-7

Checking engine coolant level ............................................ 8-8Changing engine coolant ..................................................... 8-8

Engine oil ....................................................................................... 8-8Checking engine oil level ..................................................... 8-8Changing engine oil and filter ............................................. 8-9

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid ............... 8-11Brake and clutch (if so equipped) fluid ............................... 8-11Window washer fluid ............................................................... 8-12Battery .......................................................................................... 8-13

Jump starting ........................................................................ 8-14Variable voltage control system ............................................. 8-14Drive belt ..................................................................................... 8-15Spark plugs ................................................................................ 8-15

Replacing spark plugs ....................................................... 8-16

Air cleaner .................................................................................. 8-16Windshield wiper blades ........................................................ 8-17

Cleaning .............................................................................. 8-17Replacing ............................................................................ 8-17

Rear window wiper blade ...................................................... 8-18Brakes ......................................................................................... 8-18

Self-adjusting brakes ....................................................... 8-18Brake pad wear warning ................................................. 8-18

Fuses ........................................................................................... 8-19Engine compartment ........................................................ 8-19Passenger compartment ................................................. 8-21

Key battery replacement ......................................................... 8-22Keyfob .................................................................................. 8-23Intelligent Key ..................................................................... 8-24

Lights ........................................................................................... 8-26Headlights ........................................................................... 8-27Exterior and interior lights ............................................... 8-28

Wheels and tires ...................................................................... 8-30Tire pressure ...................................................................... 8-30Tire labeling ........................................................................ 8-33Types of tires ...................................................................... 8-35Tire chains .......................................................................... 8-35Changing wheels and tires ............................................. 8-36

Condition:

Black plate (278,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

GUID-F96B6657-8490-48CF-8E36-2FC0C96EBEFB

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance isessential to maintain your vehicle’s fine mechan-ical condition, as well as its emission and engineperformance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure thatthe scheduled maintenance, as well as generalmaintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one whocan ensure that your vehicle receives the propermaintenance. You are a vital link in the main-tenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEGUID-3B7A96FC-E80F-4057-8D4E-C9FA6EC67DE7

For your convenience, both required and op-tional scheduled maintenance items are de-scribed and listed in your “NISSAN Service andMaintenance Guide”. You must refer to thatguide to ensure that necessary maintenance isperformed on your vehicle at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGUID-493839A7-B51E-43D6-8709-886EBB7EF3EF

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for propervehicle operation. It is your responsibility toperform these procedures regularly as pre-scribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, aNISSAN dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEGUID-9AC69D8A-FA6E-4549-95A3-251C43F083A7

If maintenance service is required or your vehicleappears to malfunction, have the systemschecked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialistsand are kept up-to-date with the latest serviceinformation through technical bulletins, servicetips, and in-dealership information systems.They are completely qualified to work onNISSAN vehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’sservice department performs the best job tomeet the maintenance requirements on yourvehicle.

GUID-B56933A5-9FB0-4EF0-9C66-D5A1231C0588

During the normal day-to-day operation of thevehicle, general maintenance should be per-formed regularly as prescribed in this section. Ifyou detect any unusual sounds, vibrations orsmell, be sure to check for the cause or have aNISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify a NISSAN dealer if you think thatrepairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, see “Maintenance precautions” (P.8-5).

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMS

GUID-87019DA8-A907-41B0-8B95-6248ACACE59B

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicleGUID-FAFE9F42-4CDC-4F7F-AD9D-4E5B63D18CFE

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that all doorsand the engine hood operate properly. Alsoensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondary latchkeeps the hood from opening when the primarylatch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Condition:

Black plate (279,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lights are alloperating properly and installed securely. Alsocheck headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing,and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten ifnecessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated every7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge oftenand always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires,including the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect uneven orabnormal tire wear, there may be a need forwheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normalhighway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleGUID-913C1231-5D46-4E18-A234-394D01EAA769

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming scheduled maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, see a NISSAN dealer immediately. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairlysteep hill, check that the vehicle is held securelywith the selector lever in the P (Park) positionwithout applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied. If the parking brake needsadjusted, see a NISSAN dealer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat beltsystem (for example, buckles, anchors, adjustersand retractors) operate properly and smoothly,and are installed securely. Check the beltwebbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. to ensurethey operate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in every position. Check that the headrestraints move up and down smoothly and thatthe locks (if so equipped) hold securely in alllatched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the airMaintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

Condition:

Black plate (280,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

comes out of the defroster outlets properly andin sufficient quantity when operating the heateror air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washers operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleGUID-597AB0E2-6F94-48AA-BED6-41A6FA4A8B49

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each time youcheck the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.

It should be between the MAX and MIN lines.Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere condition require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be

charged to maintain battery health.

Brake and clutch fluid level*: Make sure thatthe brake and clutch fluid level is between theMAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belt*: Make sure that the drivebelt is not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level surface and turning off theengine. Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil todrain back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loosesupports, cracks or holes. If the sound of theexhaust seems unusual or there is a smell ofexhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaustsystem inspected by a NISSAN dealer. (See“Precautions when starting and driving” (P.5-3)for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. Water dripping from theair conditioner after use is normal. If you shouldnotice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,check for the cause and have it correctedimmediately.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,

etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure thehoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or looseconnections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, other-wise rust will form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and around the exhaust system. At the endof winter, the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful to cleanthose areas where mud and dirt may accumu-late. For additional information, see “Cleaningexterior” (P.7-2).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the reservoir.

Condition:

Black plate (281,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-5DF30ED3-11F3-4E7A-8844-31D0A6DFC586

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to yourself ordamage to the vehicle. The following are generalprecautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securelyand block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from moving. Move theselector lever to the P (Park) posi-tion or the shift lever to the N(Neutral) position.

. Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when per-forming any parts replacement orrepairs.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing,hair and tools away from movingfans, belts and any other movingparts.

. It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while itis supported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by a NISSAN dealer be-cause the fuel lines are under highpressure even when the engine isoff.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn the engineoff and wait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used en-gine oil and coolant. Improperlydisposed engine oil, and engine

coolant and/or other vehicle fluidscan damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulationsfor disposal of vehicle fluid.

. Never leave the engine or the CVTrelated component harnesses dis-connected while the ignition switchis in the ON position.

. Never connect or disconnect thebattery or any transistorized com-ponent while the ignition switch isin the ON position.

. Your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without warn-ing, even if the ignition key is in theOFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, alwaysdisconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectiongives instructions regarding only those itemswhich are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s manual/service manualorder information” (P.9-19).)

You should be aware that incomplete or

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Condition:

Black plate (282,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

improper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, and couldaffect your warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, we recommend thatit be done by a NISSAN dealer.

GUID-52D20AC3-A347-47EB-8DEB-EF2418D9025E

SDI2639

MR16DDT ENGINEGUID-28EB3ABA-F29D-4B26-B4EE-DDFC68FD9466

1. Engine oil filler cap

2. Radiator filler cap

3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Window washer fluid reservoir

6. Engine drive belt location

7. Engine oil dipstick

8. Engine coolant reservoir

9. Fuse/fusible link holder

10. Battery

*: for Manual Transmission (MT) models

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Condition:

Black plate (283,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-82EDD85D-A53D-435A-8656-F2DC3F710526

The engine cooling system is filled at the factorywith a pre-diluted mixture of 50% GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and50% water to provide year-round anti-freezeand coolant protection. The anti-freeze solutioncontains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additionalengine cooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or cool-ant reservoir cap when the engine ishot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.See precautions in “If your vehicleoverheats” (P.6-10) of this manual.

. The radiator is equipped with apressure type radiator cap. To pre-vent engine damage, use only agenuine NISSAN radiator cap.

. If the engine was stopped soonwhen the engine is hot, the coolingfan may operate for approximately10 minutes after the engine wasstopped to cool the components inthe engine compartment. When the

cooling fan is operating, be surethat hands or other items do not getcaught in it.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling system ad-ditives such as radiator sealer. Ad-ditives may clog the cooling systemand cause damage to the engine,transmission and/or cooling sys-tem.

. When adding or replacing coolant,be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) or equivalent. GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) is pre-diluted to provideantifreeze protection to -348F(-378C). If additional freeze protec-tion is needed due to weather whereyou operate your vehicle, add Gen-uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate follow-ing the directions on the container.If an equivalent coolant other thanGenuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-

low the coolant manufacture’sinstructions to maintain minimumantifreeze protection to -348F(-378C). The use of other types ofcoolant solutions other than Genu-ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent maydamage the engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000km) or 7 years. Mixing any othertype of coolant other than GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) , including GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the lifeexpectancy of the factory-fill cool-ant. Refer to the NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide for moredetails.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (284,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2641

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVELGUID-612F80D4-E26B-4B93-AC08-C2B3435F2A37

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level *2 , open the reservoir cap andadd coolant up to the MAX level *1 . If thereservoir is empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening and also addit to the reservoir up to the MAX level*1 .

Tighten the cap securely after adding enginecoolant.

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked by a NISSANdealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTGUID-14046F06-B9D2-494E-86AE-EBEDB6F75409

Major cooling system repairs should be per-formed by a NISSAN dealer. The serviceprocedures can be found in the appropriateNISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of beingscalded, never change the coolantwhen the engine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap whenthe engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

GUID-F50C9ACC-24A4-47A7-B339-C4E866AF09E4

SDI1993

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVELGUID-C7FE066F-37F5-4EF6-866F-743A4D5CA8D6

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oillevel. It should be within the range*C . If theoil level is below *A , remove the oil fillercap and pour recommended oil through the

ENGINE OIL

Condition:

Black plate (285,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

opening. Do not overfill*B .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage theengine, and such damage is not cov-ered by the warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTERGUID-1429280C-2164-4979-AB59-A82BBA48D3F2

Change the engine oil and filter according to themaintenance log shown in the NISSAN Serviceand Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-upGUID-D33812FA-0489-4509-B0E6-6388A81BEBEA

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and applythe parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches the operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jack stands.. Place the safety jack stands under the

vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be attached to

the jack stand saddle.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

SDI2652

SDI2651

1. Oil filler cap

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9

Condition:

Black plate (286,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

2. Oil drain plug

3. Oil filter

Engine oil and filterGUID-0E3F5EC9-066C-4F79-BDC5-1BCF07F45F7E

1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench andcompletely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.

(Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engineoil filter change is needed.)

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench.Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surfacewith a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasketmaterial remaining on the mountingsurface of the engine. Failure to do socould lead to engine damage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with cleanengine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slightresistance is felt, then tighten additionallymore than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drain plugwith a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

9. Refill the engine with the recommended oilthrough the oil filler opening, and install theoil filler cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/

lubricants” (P.9-2) for drain and refill capa-city. The drain and refill capacity depends onthe oil temperature and drain time. Usethese specifications for reference only. Al-ways use the dipstick to determine theproper amount of oil in the engine.

10. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operationGUID-02E3EFF4-6A0C-4167-AC8B-E5E800B03EDA

1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may cause skincancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made,wash thoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

Condition:

Black plate (287,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-493B42A6-9A7A-45D2-8DCD-565E3D1E9BF5

When checking or replacement is required, werecommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

CAUTION

. Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT FluidNS-2. Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using transmission fluid other thanGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2will damage the CVT, which is notcovered by the NISSAN new vehiclelimited warranty.

GUID-87A23E55-51A4-4EED-AB77-41D829C099F9

For additional brake and clutch fluid information,see “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-cants” (P.9-2) of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contami-nated fluid may damage the brakeand clutch systems. The use ofimproper fluids can damage thebrake and clutch systems, and affectthe vehicle’s stopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before removing.

. Brake and clutch fluid is poisonousand should be stored carefully inmarked containers out of the reachof children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any paintedsurfaces. This will damage the paint. Iffluid is spilled, immediately wash thesurface with water.

SDI2655

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid isbelow the MIN line *2 or the brake warninglight comes on, add Genuine NISSAN SuperHeavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3fluid up to the MAX line *1 . If fluid must beadded frequently, the system should be checkedby a NISSAN dealer.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

BRAKE AND CLUTCH (if soequipped) FLUID

Condition:

Black plate (288,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

GUID-5D2D6CB1-F8DE-4118-AB39-2159D4185FFF

SDI2429

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift thecap and pour the window washer fluid into thereservoir opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for bettercleaning. In the winter season, add a windshieldwasher antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions for the mixture ratio.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi-cally.

Add fluid when the low washer fluid warninglight illuminates (if so equipped).

To check the fluid level, use your finger to plugthe center hole *1 of the cap/tube assembly,then remove it from the reservoir. If there is no

fluid in the tube, add fluid.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when drivingconditions require an increased amount ofwindow washer fluid.

Recommended fluid:

Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concen-trate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to thepaint.

. Do not fill the window washerreservoir tank with washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based washer fluidconcentrates may permanently stainthe grille if spilled while filling thewindow washer reservoir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer’srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the window washerreservoir tank. Do not use thewindow washer reservoir tank tomix the washer fluid concentrate

and water.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Condition:

Black plate (289,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-B29BEC73-37B3-4C87-9A9D-EA809C865599

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days orlonger, disconnect the negative 7 batteryterminal cable to prevent discharging it.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flamesor electrical sparks. Hydrogen gasgenerated by the battery is explo-sive. Do not allow battery fluid to

contact your skin, eyes, fabrics orpainted surfaces. After touching abattery or battery cap, do not touchor rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15minutes and seek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if thefluid in the battery is low. Lowbattery fluid can cause a higher loadon the battery which can generateheat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell. It should bebetween the UPPER LEVEL *1 and LOWERLEVEL*2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilledwater to bring the level to the indicator in eachfiller opening. Do not overfill.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13

BATTERY

Condition:

Black plate (290,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs*A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL*1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear, checkthe distilled water level by looking directlyabove the cell; the condition *1 indicatesOK and the condition*2 needs more to beadded.

3. Tighten cell plugs*A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or undersevere conditions require frequent checks of thebattery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGGUID-C37C3C0F-280C-4F1D-904A-46ACD5752008

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”(P.6-8). If the engine does not start by jumpstarting, the battery may have to be replaced.Contact a NISSAN dealer.

GUID-0A40E5F3-EC90-4F03-B955-4274A23D7967

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directlyto the battery terminal. Doing so willbypass the variable voltage controlsystem and the vehicle battery maynot charge completely.

. Use electrical accessories with theengine running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system measuresthe amount of electrical discharge from thebattery and controls voltage generated by thegenerator.

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM

Condition:

Black plate (291,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-1AF74337-E578-4C98-A7ED-F2206E4170AC

SDI1881

1. Alternator

2. Drive belt auto-tensioner

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Air conditioner compressor

5. Water pump

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position before servicing drivebelts. The engine could rotate unex-pectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusualwear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is

in poor condition or loose, have it replacedor adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belt condition checked regularly.

GUID-AAF18895-92AC-4601-BD68-201C81BA060E

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket toremove the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15

DRIVE BELT SPARK PLUGS

Condition:

Black plate (292,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2670

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSGUID-C62B4C9C-0259-481F-A5AB-DFBBB3D10B69

If replacement is required, see a NISSAN dealerfor servicing.

Iridium platinum-tipped spark plugsGUID-E12E20CD-D386-439E-A361-43DA33D9C4A6

It is not necessary to replace the iridiumplatinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently asthe conventional type spark plugs since they willlast much longer. Follow the maintenance logshown in the “NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide”. Do not reuse the iridium plati-num-tipped spark plugs by cleaning orregapping.

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

GUID-A7EFD3D5-8983-4D24-A2FC-51D31347536E

SDI2667

To remove the filter, pull the air duct*1 upwardto remove it. Pull the tabs *2 , then pull thecover*3 upward.

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned andreused. Replace it according to the maintenanceshown in the “NISSAN Service and Mainte-nance Guide”. When replacing the filter, wipethe inside of the air cleaner housing and thecover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleaner

not only cleans the air, it stopsflame if the engine backfires. If itis not there, and the engine back-fires, you could be burned. Do notdrive with the air cleaner removed,and be careful when working on theengine with the air cleaner removed.

. Never pour fuel into the throttlebody or attempt to start the enginewith the air cleaner removed. Doingso could result in serious injury.

AIR CLEANER

Condition:

Black plate (293,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-5D3853F1-457C-43BF-BB0B-081E44A4FA78

CLEANINGGUID-49071CBE-D68E-45DF-B0FB-4E24EC69E48E

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield washer or if a wiper blade chatterswhen running, wax or other material may be onthe blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent.Then rinse the blade with clear water. If yourwindshield is still not clear after cleaning theblades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

SDI1803

REPLACINGGUID-3AFC67FF-FD24-43FF-A0BD-093F6A3B2436

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

Before replacing the wiper blades, the wipershould be in the fully up position to avoidscratching the engine hood or damaging thewiper arm. To pull up the wiper arm, see“Windshield wiper and washer switch” (P.2-32).

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2. Push and hold the release tab *A , andmove the wiper blade down the wiper arm*1 .

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple isin the groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its originalposition; otherwise it may be da-maged when the hood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arm may bedamaged from wind pressure.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Condition:

Black plate (294,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI1865

Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle*A .This may cause improper windshield washeroperation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove anyobjects with a needle or small pin *B . Becareful not to damage the nozzle.

GUID-4FE910FB-E99A-42DF-B107-5DBED177B1BD

Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

GUID-2B31454F-BCAF-420F-B285-264881F399AA

If the brakes do not operate properly, have thebrakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESGUID-28B8AA7E-6AD4-49DC-A969-9DE078A1FF1E

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brakesystem check if the brake pedal heightdoes not return to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGGUID-55019B81-BB33-4B67-AE42-95680A304881

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a brake pad requires replacement, itwill make a high pitched scraping sound whenthe vehicle is in motion. This scraping sound willfirst occur only when the brake pedal isdepressed. After more wear of the brake pad,the sound will always be heard even if the brakepedal is not depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the wear warningsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise during

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES

Condition:

Black plate (295,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

light to moderate stops is normal and does notaffect the function or performance of the brakesystem.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information, see themaintenance log section of your “NISSANService and Maintenance Guide”.

GUID-6A89546B-C41A-40D8-9756-83B8312ACE54

SDI2654

ENGINE COMPARTMENTGUID-7E1E202F-F646-45EA-96AE-D77C542478CE

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover bypushing the tab *1 and lifting the coverfrom the right side *2 , then the left side*3 .

4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.

5. Remove the fuse using the fuse pullerlocated in the passenger compartment fusebox.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19

FUSES

Condition:

Black plate (296,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI1754

6. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuse*B .

7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

The holder*4 also contains the fuses. Forchecking and/or replacing, see a NISSANdealer.

SDI2642

Fusible linksGUID-0B3A4B09-B2AB-4E3F-A956-B422F7712949

If any electrical equipment does not operate andthe fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links in the holders*1 and*2 . If any ofthese fusible links are melted, replace only withgenuine NISSAN parts.

For checking and replacing the fusible links inthe holders*2 , see a NISSAN dealer.

Condition:

Black plate (297,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SDI2643

PASSENGER COMPARTMENTGUID-30474EE2-71D7-442B-BF9A-11059678694D

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlightswitch are turned off.

2. Remove the fuse box cover*1 .

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller*2 .

SDI1754

4. If the fuse is open*A , replace it with a newfuse*B .

5. If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired by a NISSANdealer.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21

Condition:

Black plate (298,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2705

Extended storage fuse switch (if soequipped)

GUID-7EE1D234-C9B0-4378-9F56-2EAE0BD5CAB4

To reduce battery drain, the extended storagefuse switch comes from the factory switched off.Prior to delivery of your vehicle, the switch ispushed in (switched on) and should alwaysremain on.

If the extended storage fuse switch is notpushed in (switched on), the meter may displaya warning message. See “Extended storage fusewarning message” (P.2-7).

If any electrical equipment does not operate,remove the extended storage fuse switch andcheck for an open fuse.

NOTE:

If the extended storage fuse switch mal-functions or if the fuse is open, it is notnecessary to replace the switch. In thiscase, remove the extended storage fuseswitch and replace it with a new fuse of thesame rating.

How to remove the extended storage fuseswitch:

GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

1. To remove the extended storage fuse switch,be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF orLOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFFposition.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the storage fuse switch and pull it inthe direction illustrated.

GUID-E03C12AE-5204-44DA-8C92-75FB6768F780

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children toswallow the battery and removed parts.

KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Condition:

Black plate (299,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SDI2134

KEYFOBGUID-E55B4110-E79F-4489-B029-F93761BCDF4C

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

1. Remove the screw.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of thecorner and twist it to separate the upper partfrom the lower part. Use a cloth to protect

the casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR1620 or equivalent. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case.

4. Close the lid securely and install the screw.

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsible

for compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23

Condition:

Black plate (300,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI2451

INTELLIGENT KEYGUID-FCDFA8DD-05FA-4AD2-9E13-9978F19EED8D

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key asfollows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of thecorner and twist it to separate the upper partfrom the lower part. Use a cloth to protectthe casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2025 or equivalent. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact points willseriously deplete the storage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case.

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts*1 , and then push them together*2 until itis securely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check its operation.

See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistancefor replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference that

Condition:

Black plate (301,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

may cause undesired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25

Condition:

Black plate (302,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

GUID-23FC80BC-9A5D-4CDF-AF41-4375212E36BD

SDI2640

1. Map light

2. Front side marker light

3. Front fog light (if so equipped)

4. Headlight (high-beam/low-beam)

5. Front turn signal light

6. Front parking light

7. Side turn signal light

8. High-mounted stop light

9. Back-up light

10. Stop light

11. Rear turn signal/tail/rear side marker light

12. License plate light

13. Cargo light

LIGHTS

Condition:

Black plate (303,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

HEADLIGHTSGUID-2315F15B-21C2-48E3-B4D6-114A3540E8D5

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of theexterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. Atemperature difference between the inside andthe outside of the lens causes the fog. This isnot a malfunction. If large drops of water collectinside the lens, contact a NISSAN dealer.

ReplacingGUID-E802D82D-AE31-4C67-BD7D-36FB0F025F80

Halogen headlight model:GUID-3448E018-0BC4-4D17-AD0E-3BB850F23C53

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type whichuses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION

. Do not leave the bulb out of theheadlight reflector for a long periodof time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc.entering the headlight body mayaffect bulb performance.

. High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

. Only touch the base when handlingthe bulb. Never touch the glassenvelope. Touching the glass envel-ope could significantly affect bulb

life and/or headlight performance.

. Aiming is not necessary after repla-cing the bulb. When aiming adjust-ment is necessary, contact aNISSAN dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originallyinstalled as shown in the chart.

SDI2687

Disconnect the battery negative cable beforereplacing bulbs.

1. Remove the connector.

2. Turn the holder*A and then pull out it.

Remove the cap*B and then remove thebulb*C .

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27

Condition:

Black plate (304,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSGUID-61BBD601-FAE2-461C-81CD-A4009E8538F6

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight high/low beams (Halogen) 65/55 HB5Front turn signal light* 21 PY21W

Front fog light (if so equipped)* 35 H8

Front side marker light* 3.8 194

Front parking light* 5 WY5W

Side turn signal light* 5 WY5W

Rear combination light*

stop light 21 W21W

turn signal/tail/rear side marker light 21/5 W21/5W

back-up 16 W16W

License plate light* 5 W5W

Map light 5 —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

Cargo light 5 —

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.

SDI2306

: REMOVE

: INSTALL

Replacement proceduresGUID-FD1940F8-D0CC-49B0-9D9B-69150AD59693

All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E.When replacing a bulb, first remove the lensand/or cover.

Condition:

Black plate (305,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SDI2391

Map light

SDI2653

Cargo light

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29

Condition:

Black plate (306,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

GUID-F6BA5101-9D22-47BE-BE64-1C192428380D

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).

TIRE PRESSUREGUID-98529D2F-C4E4-455A-AAA8-EA803AC65B24

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)GUID-D6EF18B1-2442-473D-A573-60D459B74FC7

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires except the spare. Whenthe low tire pressure warning light is lit, and theCHECK TIRE PRES (pressure) warning mes-sage is displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay, one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle isdriven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h).Also, this system may not detect a sudden dropin tire pressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressure warninglight” (P.2-15), “Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS)” (P.5-4) and “Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

Tire inflation pressureGUID-C57645B5-E413-4FCA-B110-F118428A3D6F

Check the pressure of the tires (includingthe spare) often and always prior to longdistance trips. The recommended tirepressure specifications are shown on theTire and Loading Information label underthe “Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire

and Loading Information label is affixed tothe driver side center pillar. Tire pressuresshould be checked regularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air over time.

. Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including un-der inflation, may adversely affect tirelife and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification la-bel. The vehicle weight capacityis indicated on the Tire and

Loading Information label. Donot load your vehicle beyondthis capacity. Overloading yourvehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tire fail-ure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident. Load-ing beyond the specified capa-city may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

WHEELS AND TIRES

Condition:

Black plate (307,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SDI2503

Tire and Loading Information labelGUID-FEE83069-6E19-432C-A83E-475D9C859728*1 Seating capacity: The maximum num-

ber of occupants that can be seated inthe vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicle load-ing information” (P.9-12).

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle at thefactory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires tothis pressure when the tires are cold.Tires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 or more

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. The recom-mended cold tire inflation is set by themanufacturer to provide the bestbalance of tire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see “Tire labeling” (P.8-33).

*6 Spare tire size or compact spare tiresize (if so equipped)

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31

Condition:

Black plate (308,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI1949

Checking the tire pressureGUID-EAF74098-BED3-48BE-BFDE-9B3D9F241441

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely ontothe valve stem. Do not press too hard orforce the valve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heard whilechecking the pressure, reposition thegauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare it to the specifica-

tion shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core of thevalve stem briefly with the tip of thegauge stem to release pressure. Re-check the pressure and add or releaseair as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

P215/55R1793V

230 kPa, 33PSI (2WDMT model)250 kPa, 36PSI (2WDCVT model)240 kPa, 34PSI (AWDmodel)

REARORIGINAL

TIRE

P215/55R1793V

230 kPa, 33PSI (2WDMT model)250 kPa, 36PSI (2WDCVT model)240 kPa, 34PSI (AWDmodel)

SPARETIRE

T135/80D16101M(2WD)T135/90D16102M(AWD)

420 kPa, 60PSI

Condition:

Black plate (309,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELINGGUID-D4646EC6-4D80-4946-8BC2-0B5C8BADB595

Federal law requires tire manufacturers toplace standardized information on the side-wall of all tires. This information identifiesand describes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safety stan-dard certification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

SDI1606

Example

*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designedfor passenger vehicles. (Not all tireshave this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This numbergives the width in millimeters of the tirefrom sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This number isthe wheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It is ameasurement of how much weight eachtire can support. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because it is notrequired by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33

Condition:

Black plate (310,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

SDI1607

Example

*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Departmentof Transportation”. The symbol can beplaced above, below or to the left orright of the Tire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifi-cation mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week andyear the tire was built. For example, thenumbers 3103 means the 31st week of2003. If these numbers are missing,then look on the other sidewall of thetire.

*3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire.

Tire manufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which include steel,nylon, polyester, and others.

*4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sure

This number is the greatest amount of airpressure that should be put in the tire. Donot exceed the maximum permissible infla-tion pressure.

*5 Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum load inkilograms and pounds that can be carriedby the tire. When replacing the tires on thevehicle, always use a tire that has the same

load rating as the factory installed tire.

*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires an innertube (“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).

*7 The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown, if the tire hasradial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, IntendedOutboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall thatcontains a whitewall, bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand and/or modelname molding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other sidewall ofthe tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewallof an asymmetrical tire that has a particularside that must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

Condition:

Black plate (311,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

TYPES OF TIRESGUID-14B1EE5B-969F-4D42-8FEC-234497556FC0

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires,be sure all four tires are of the sametype (Example: Summer, All Seasonor Snow) and construction. ANISSAN dealer may be able to helpyou with information about tire type,size, speed rating and availability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

All season tiresGUID-416D8104-CC7B-46FA-B4CA-B537AF5AE9CE

NISSAN specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all year,including snowy and icy road conditions. AllSeason tires are identified by ALL SEASONand/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tiresidewall. Snow tires have better snow tractionthan All Season tires and may be more appro-priate in some areas.

Summer tiresGUID-0788A270-69FF-49A1-ACEC-39C92FC91344

NISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance on dryroads. Summer tire performance is substantiallyreduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M&S on the tiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use ofSNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all fourwheels.

Snow tiresGUID-7DBD9178-687B-4889-BA79-417F594D0842

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and load rating to theoriginal equipment tires. If you do not, it canadversely affect the safety and handling of yourvehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires and may not

match the potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speed rating of thetire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the samesize, brand, construction and tread pattern on allfour wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires. Skid and traction cap-abilities of studded snow tires, on wet or drysurfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINSGUID-74141916-7668-4C78-8B9E-6B18B49D3DE7

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accordingto location. Check the local laws before instal-ling tire chains. When installing tire chains, makesure they are the proper size for the tires on yourvehicle and are installed according to the chainmanufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEClass S chains. Class “S” chains are used onvehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains aredesigned to meet the SAE standard minimumclearances between the tire and the closestvehicle suspension or body component requiredto accommodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). The minimum

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35

Condition:

Black plate (312,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

clearances are determined using the factoryequipped tire size. Other types may damageyour vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re-commended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tirechain must be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damage to thefenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fullyloading your vehicle when using tire chains. Inaddition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehiclehandling and performance may be adverselyaffected.

Tire chains must be installed only on thefront wheels and not on the rear wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving withtire chains in such conditions can cause damageto the various mechanisms of the vehicle due tosome overstress.

SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESGUID-41BC763C-419B-45A4-AD0E-D41987D9B9CC

Tire rotationGUID-F5986E33-082B-45E2-BD27-0D11FB4C108F

NISSAN recommends rotating the tiresevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km). (See “Flattire” (P.6-3) for tire replacing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at all times.It is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to the specification at eachtire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the spare tire orany other small size spare tire inthe tire rotation.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Condition:

Black plate (313,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

SDI1663

1. Wear indicator

2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damageGUID-31749D32-974E-4A82-89B7-A06D0BF3E07F

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When

wear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious perso-nal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, contact aNISSAN dealer.

. For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Cana-da) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Replacing wheels and tiresGUID-23095086-9B18-4E25-B69C-85FAB59BB518

When replacing a tire, use the same size, treaddesign, speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. (See “Specifications”(P.9-7) for recommended types and sizes oftires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use oftires of different brands, construc-tion (bias, bias-belted or radial), ortread patterns can adversely affectthe ride, braking, handling, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bum-per height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models,if your vehicle was originallyequipped with 4 tires that were thesame size and you are only repla-cing 2 of the 4 tires, install the newtires on the rear axle. Placing newtires on the front axle may causeloss of vehicle control in some

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37

Condition:

Black plate (314,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

driving conditions and cause anaccident and personal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear,degrade vehicle handling character-istics and/or interference with thebrake discs/drums. Such interfer-ence can lead to decreased brakingefficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See “Wheels and tires”(P.9-7) of this manual for wheel off-set dimensions.

. When a spare tire is mounted or awheel is replaced, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressurewarning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Contactyour NISSAN dealer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not ori-ginally specified by NISSAN couldaffect the proper operation of theTPMS.

. Do not install a damaged or de-formed wheel or tire even if it hasbeen repaired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould fail without warning.

. The use of retread tire is not re-commended.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) in theWarranty Information Booklet.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsGUID-98BAF2A8-B68B-4B03-9473-BDE7F9677004

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), and tread patternon all four wheels. Failure to do somay result in a circumference differ-ence between tires on the front andrear axles which will cause exces-sive tire wear and may damage thetransmission, transfer case and reardifferential gears.

. Only use spare tires specified foreach AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced with tiresof the same size, brand, construction and treadpattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignmentshould also be checked and corrected asnecessary. Contact a NISSAN dealer.

Wheel balanceGUID-89DC94BE-30B6-4D4F-83D4-7CDA2484D5D9

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handlingand tire life. Even with regular use, wheels canget out of balance. Therefore, they should bebalanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires, referto “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the War-ranty Information Booklet.

Condition:

Black plate (315,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Care of wheelsGUID-2221D553-798A-4070-BF97-2228C80D3EF8

See “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for details aboutcare of the wheels.

Spare tireGUID-45B66525-EAC8-4147-B096-8F8081E1C4C1

When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARYUSE ONLY), the TPMS will not function.

Observe the following precautions if the TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used,otherwise your vehicle could be damaged orinvolved in an accident.

WARNING

. The TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire should be used for emergencyuse. It should be replaced with thestandard tire at the first opportunityto avoid possible tire or differentialdamage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPOR-ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in-stalled. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

. Periodically check spare tire infla-tion pressure. Always keep thepressure of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 kPa,4.2 bar).

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire installed do not drive yourvehicle at speeds faster than 50MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used onthe rear wheels and original tireused on the front wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only onthe front (original) tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEM-PORARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tirechains will not fit properly and maycause damage to the vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire is smaller than theoriginal tire, ground clearance isreduced. To avoid damage to thevehicle, do not drive over obstacles.Also do not drive the vehiclethrough an automatic car washsince it may get caught.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39

Condition:

Black plate (316,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

8-40 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (317,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ...................... 9-2Fuel recommendation ............................................................ 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .......................... 9-5Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .................................................. 9-6

Specifications ................................................................................ 9-7Engine ....................................................................................... 9-7Wheels and tires .................................................................... 9-7Dimensions and weights ...................................................... 9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ............................................................................. 9-8Vehicle identification .................................................................... 9-8

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate ........................ 9-8Vehicle identification number (chassis number) ............. 9-9Engine serial number ............................................................. 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .......................... 9-9Emission control information label .................................. 9-10Tire and Loading Information label ................................. 9-10Air conditioner specification label ................................... 9-10

Installing front license plate ................................................... 9-11Vehicle loading information .................................................... 9-12

Terms .................................................................................... 9-12Vehicle load capacity ....................................................... 9-13Loading tips ........................................................................ 9-14Measurement of weights ................................................. 9-14

Towing a trailer .......................................................................... 9-15Flat towing .................................................................................. 9-15

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) ................ 9-15Manual Transmission ........................................................ 9-15

Uniform tire quality grading .................................................... 9-16Treadwear ........................................................................... 9-16Traction AA, A, B and C ................................................. 9-16Temperature A, B and C ................................................. 9-16

Emission control system warranty ........................................ 9-17Reporting safety defects ........................................................ 9-17Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ............ 9-18Event Data Recorders (EDR) ................................................ 9-19Owner’s manual/service manual order information ......... 9-19

Condition:

Black plate (318,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-2 Technical and consumer information

GUID-55EDCBAF-B574-46D1-AA57-587026C9991C

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel2WD model 13-1/4 gal 11 gal 50

See “Fuel recommendation” (P.9-3).AWD model 11-7/8 gal 9-7/8 gal 45

Engine oil*1Drain and refill

With oil filter change 4-3/4 qt 4 qt 4.5 . Engine oil with API Certification Mark*2. Viscosity SAE 5W-30Without oil filter change 4-1/2 qt 3-3/4 qt 4.3

Cooling system

With reservoirCVT model 8-5/8 qt 7-1/8 qt 8.1

Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentMT model 8-3/8 qt 7 qt 7.9

Reservoir 5/8 qt 1/2 qt 0.6

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2*3

Manual Transmission (MT) gear oil — — — API GL-4, Viscosity SAE 75W-80

Differential gear oil — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5, ViscositySAE 80W-90*4

Transfer fluid — — —Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5, ViscositySAE 80W-90

Brake and clutch fluidRefill to the proper oil level according to the instructions inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*6

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type R or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid 1-1/4 gal 1 gal 4.5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see “Engine oil” (P.8-8) for changing engine oil.*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.9-5).*3: Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle

limited warranty.

*4: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).*5: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.*6: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” (P.9-8) for air conditioner specification label.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

Condition:

Black plate (319,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONGUID-A4656F9F-1A61-45EA-999A-7F3128C3E1A1

NISSAN recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-search octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,you may use unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91), but you maynotice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control system, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-way cat-alyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle notspecifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect theemission control devices and sys-

tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to beidentified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate per-centage for that region.

Gasoline specificationsGUID-DA9853D3-95E6-4724-9641-4F19458CF18F

NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meetsthe World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) speci-fications where it is available. Many of theautomobile manufacturers developed this spe-cification to improve emission control systemand vehicle performance. Ask your servicestation manager if the gasoline meets theWWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineGUID-CB6CE400-DB81-4EC1-9AE4-3ABDBA74A96F

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are speciallydesigned to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSANsupports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-gests that you use reformulated gasoline whenavailable.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesGUID-98C74914-B98B-480E-BB89-A746D1B7D76F

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE and metha-nol with or without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuelsof which the oxygenate content and the fuelcompatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readilydetermined. If in doubt, ask your service stationmanager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please takethe following precautions as the usage of suchfuels may cause vehicle performance problemsand/or fuel system damage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, other thanmethanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

. E-15 fuel contains more than 10%oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devicesand systems of the vehicle and shouldnot be used. Damage caused by suchfuel is not covered by the NISSAN newvehicle limited warranty.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

Condition:

Black plate (320,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-4 Technical and consumer information

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol) . Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in NISSANvehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are experiencedafter using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with alow blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelGUID-51AA3737-C1D0-4E23-9447-1A7E3B00FC97

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuelethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline. E-15 canonly be used in vehicles designed to run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S.government regulations require fuel ethanoldispensing pumps to be identified with small,

square, orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

E-85 fuelGUID-C7D6C695-B684-4E0B-AECB-4F4C4DD36211

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuelethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline. E-85 canonly be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Donot use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. govern-ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Aftermarket fuel additivesGUID-04BFD2FB-84A2-41F8-AF3C-C293779408D6

NISSAN does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold commer-cially. Many of these additives intended for gum,varnish or deposit removal may contain activesolvent or similar ingredients that can be harmfulto the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsGUID-F6EBBEDD-0810-4EB3-B998-76639DC8605A

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy “spark knock”. (Sparkknock is a metallic rapping noise.) Ifsevere, this can lead to engine damage. Ifyou detect a persistent heavy spark knockeven when using gasoline of the statedoctane rating, or if you hear steady sparkknock while holding a steady speed onlevel roads, have a NISSAN dealer correctthe condition. Failure to correct the condi-tion is misuse of the vehicle, for whichNISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, which maycause excessive fuel consumption or enginedamage. If any of the above symptoms areencountered, have your vehicle checked at aNISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is not acause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

Condition:

Black plate (321,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

JVT0159X

1. API certification mark

2. API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

GUID-A342ED71-C8E2-473C-A5D7-EAB0C035485E

Selecting the correct oilGUID-9E90D203-83D7-49ED-A3A8-D5BEBEC09FAC

It is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance, see“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants”(P.9-2). NISSAN recommends the use of anenergy conserving oil in order to improve fueleconomy.

Select only engine oils that meet the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API) certification or Interna-

tional Lubricant Standardization and ApprovalCommittee (ILSAC) certification and SAE vis-cosity standard. These oils have the APIcertification mark on the front of the container.Oils which do not have the specified qualitylabel should not be used as they could causeengine damage.

Oil additivesGUID-BF1C00B1-1B2B-428D-B663-357F2194BB2F

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is used andmaintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosityGUID-BCEE526D-D9C0-45DD-A66C-608BC52BB421

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is importantto select the engine oil viscosity based on thetemperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. Choosingan oil viscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterGUID-E092F020-AE07-4CC4-8E8D-232A83E5C488

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described in “Changeintervals”.

Change intervalsGUID-C89B7EC6-8CEC-4212-BF64-40DDE64DEE9D

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using an engine oil andfilter other than the specified quality, or exceed-ing recommended oil and filter change intervalscould reduce engine life. Damage to the enginecaused by improper maintenance or use ofincorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity isnot covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limitedwarranty.

Your engine was filled with a high quality engineoil when it was built. You do not have to changethe oil before the first recommended change

Technical and consumer information 9-5

Condition:

Black plate (322,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-6 Technical and consumer information

interval. Oil and filter change intervals dependupon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions mayrequire more frequent oil and filter changes.

. repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

. driving in dusty conditions

. extensive idling

. stop and go commuting

Refer to the “NISSAN Service and MaintenanceGuide” for the maintenance schedule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONS

GUID-C046CADC-EEC7-4559-80A5-8C3E565BC764

The air conditioning system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the oil,NISSAN A/C system oil Type R or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oilwill cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will requirethe replacement of all air conditionersystem components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourNISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. Although this refrigerant does not affectthe earth’s atmosphere, certain governmentalregulations require the recovery and recycling ofany refrigerant during automotive air condition-ing system service. A NISSAN dealer has thetrained technicians and equipment needed torecover and recycle your air conditioning systemrefrigerant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing yourair conditioning system.

Condition:

Black plate (323,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-97AFAA0D-AD60-4E30-8FA5-71FDAC240A23

ENGINEGUID-AE21A076-32B5-4B2D-A90C-9E8E2CAEAF23

Model MR16DDT

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC

Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, in-line

Bore 6 Stroke in (mm) 3.138 6 3.193 (79.7 6 81.1)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 98.78 (1,618)

Firing order 1-3-4-2

Idle speed rpmNo adjustment is necessary.

Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug Standard DILKAR7C9H

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.035 (0.9)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

WHEELS AND TIRESGUID-C40ED7DF-56C5-45AC-9C3D-F18536F863C6

Road wheelGUID-AC6F8AA2-8645-4DD5-8993-69495FB20C39

Type Size Offset in (mm)

AluminumSpare

17 6 7J16 6 4T

1.85 (47)1.18 (30)

TireGUID-59C084C1-8B9D-4172-8B2F-4D8AD61565D7

Type SizePressure PSI(kPa) [Cold]

ConventionalP215/55R1793V

33 (230)*136 (250)*234 (240)*3

Spare

T135/80D16101M*1*2

60 (420)T135/90D16102M*3

*1: 2WD MT model

*2: 2WD CVT model

*3: AWD model

Technical and consumer information 9-7

SPECIFICATIONS

Condition:

Black plate (324,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-8 Technical and consumer information

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTSGUID-35AE1539-5416-49D5-8A28-470835B3B39D

Overall length in (mm) 162.8 (4,135)*1162.4 (4,125)*2

Overall width in (mm) 69.5 (1,765)

Overall height in (mm) 61.8 (1,570)

Front tread in (mm) 60.0 (1,525)

Rear tread in (mm) 60.0 (1,525)*359.3 (1,505)*4

Wheelbase in (mm) 99.6 (2,530)

Gross VehicleWeight Rating(GVWR)

lb (kg)

See the F.M.V.S.S. orC.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel on the driver’sside center pillar.

Gross AxleWeight Rating(GAWR)

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

*1: With front license plate bracket

*2: Without front license plate bracket

*3: for 2WD model

*4: for AWD model

GUID-8DAD3350-4CA5-48B9-9AB2-98E60188D37E

When planning to travel in another coun-try, you should first find out if the fuel available issuitable for your vehicle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too lowmay cause engine damage. All gasoline vehiclesmust be operated with unleaded gasoline.Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areaswhere appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, transpor-tation, and registration are the responsi-bility of the user. NISSAN is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

GUID-6AAA613A-3A26-4D80-957F-77DA08BE83AE

STI0787

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

GUID-51E7278B-C689-451D-B20F-778B750F9EBC

The vehicle identification number plate is at-tached as shown. This number is the identifica-tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicleregistration.

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE INANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Condition:

Black plate (325,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

STI0778

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)

GUID-E896692B-DC42-4E21-8AE0-BA295E7DE87E

The vehicle identification number is located asshown.

Remove the cover to access the number.

STI0785

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERGUID-3FD05154-07DB-44B5-AFC5-52E87A282E5C

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

JVT0077X

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABEL

GUID-5C38DE0E-6A92-4DC0-8D62-4E94E8B7C121

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certificationlabel is affixed as shown. This label containsvaluable vehicle information, such as: GrossVehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR), month and year ofmanufacture, Vehicle Identification Number(VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

Technical and consumer information 9-9

Condition:

Black plate (326,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-10 Technical and consumer information

STI0739

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABEL

GUID-8B286175-211A-4C8A-9CE7-8FA6334717D8

The emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood as shown.

STI0775

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

GUID-2C654792-1156-4465-816B-E01C0EDBC8F9

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire andLoading Information label affixed to the pillar asshown.

STI0776

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

GUID-A1C6F964-FFE8-4D80-AF6C-198A60B0B66A

The air conditioner specification label is at-tached to the engine compartment as shown.

Condition:

Black plate (327,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-84858CF9-B205-43B4-A3EA-91D90648CCE6

STI0784

Use the following steps to mount the licenseplate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirm thatthe following parts are enclosed in the plasticbag.

. License plate bracket

. J-nut 6 2

. Screw 6 2

. Screw grommet 6 2

1. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Locate the center position*A as illustrated.

Make sure the side end surface of thelicense plate bracket is aligned with thebumper*B .

3. Mark the center of the holes*C with a felt-tip pen.

4. Carefully drill the two pilot holes using a0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit at the markedlocations. (Be sure that the drill onlygoes through the bumper fascia.)

5. Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add a 908 turn onto thepart*D .

7. Insert a J-nut into the license plate bracketbefore placing the license plate bracket onthe fascia.

Technical and consumer information 9-11

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Condition:

Black plate (328,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-12 Technical and consumer information

8. Install the license plate bracket with thescrews.

9. Install the license plate with bolts that arenot longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

GUID-D13722FD-DA1F-477D-B8A1-0FC43622889B

WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside the vehi-cle. In a collision, people ridingin these areas are more likely tobe seriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride inany area of your vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicleis in a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMSGUID-368F295B-27F1-4F13-B6C1-C57DA271519B

It is important to familiarize yourself with thefollowing terms before loading your vehicle:

. Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment,fluids, emergency tools, and spare tireassembly. This weight does not in-clude passengers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)- maximum total combined weight of theunloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. This information islocated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing) - The maximum total weight ratingof the vehicle, passengers, cargo, andtrailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle.This is the maximum combined weightof occupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle isused to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

Condition:

Black plate (329,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

weight must be included as part of thecargo load. This information is locatedon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

. Cargo capacity - permissible weight ofcargo, the subtracted weight of occu-pants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYGUID-5CF827C1-AFAB-440C-932A-9F3339533FE7

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicleshown as “The combined weight of occu-pants and cargo” on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. Do not exceed thenumber of occupants shown as “SeatingCapacity” on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label.

To get “the combined weight of occupantsand cargo”, add the weight of all occu-pants, then add the total luggage weight.Examples are shown in the followingillustration.

STI0447

Steps for determining correct load limitGUID-CBC5F349-AD34-47D6-B03F-C50FF1F7A8EE

1. Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” onyour vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

Technical and consumer information 9-13

Condition:

Black plate (330,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-14 Technical and consumer information

4. The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the XXXamount equals 1400 lbs. and there willbe five 150 lb. passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.(1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or(640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) for your vehicle.(See “Measurement of weights” (P.9-14).)

Also check tires for proper inflation pres-sures. See the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

LOADING TIPSGUID-0C3321D2-32AA-4960-950B-FBA08FDC8785

. The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axle tothe GAWR. Doing so will exceed theGVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change theway your vehicle handles. Thiscould result in loss of controland cause personal injury.

. Overloading not only can short-en the life of your vehicle andthe tire, but can cause unsafevehicle handling and longerbraking distances. This maycause a premature tire failure,which could result in a seriousaccident and personal injury.Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by the vehicle’swarranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSGUID-7EDA2A5E-8A82-445D-A361-29089B8E0EA8

Secure loose items to prevent weight shiftsthat could affect the balance of yourvehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, driveto a scale and weigh the front and the rearwheels separately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not exceedeither of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings(GAWR). The total of the axle loads shouldnot exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR). These ratings are givenon the vehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or removeitems to bring all weights below the ratings.

Condition:

Black plate (331,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-F20F5531-4E6B-4F82-BAD2-1E941D903DB6

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.GUID-FC66003B-B76C-42AB-9FCA-588DF863F95A

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on theground is sometimes called flat towing. Thismethod is sometimes used when towing avehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as amotor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelinescan result in severe transmissiondamage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never back-ward.

. DO NOT tow any Continuously Vari-able Transmission (CVT) vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground(flat towing). Doing so WILL DA-MAGE internal transmission partsdue to lack of transmission lubrica-tion.

. DO NOT tow an All-Wheel Drive(AWD) vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground. Doing somay cause serious and expensivedamage to the powertrain.

. For emergency towing proceduresrefer to “Towing your vehicle” (P.6-

12).

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS-MISSION (CVT)

GUID-A9F17C32-174D-4848-8C9E-543DA151F46E

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:

To tow a vehicle equipped with a ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT), an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towedvehicle’s driving wheels. Always follow the dollymanufacturer’s recommendations when usingtheir product.

MANUAL TRANSMISSIONGUID-B117614A-9FD0-4D51-A6E3-47024288B9E1

. Always tow with the manual transmission inNeutral.

. Your vehicle speed should never exceed 70MPH (112 km/h) when flat towing yourvehicle.

. After towing 500 miles (805 km), start andidle the engine with the transmission inNeutral for two minutes. Failure to idle theengine after every 500 miles (805 km) oftowing may cause damage to the transmis-sion’s internal parts.

Technical and consumer information 9-15

TOWING A TRAILER FLAT TOWING

Condition:

Black plate (332,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-16 Technical and consumer information

GUID-1396CB90-1E3C-46B4-BEC8-929DFCC03D6D

DOT (Department Of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conform tofederal safety requirements in addition to thesegrades.

Quality grades can be found where applicableon the tire sidewall between tread shoulder andmaximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARGUID-EB4741A4-2815-4C19-A415-EBDC993E715A

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one and one-half

(1 1/2) times as well on the government courseas a tire graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon actual conditions of theiruse, however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in road char-acteristics and climate.

TRACTION AA, A, B AND CGUID-7C9D157D-A605-4BF0-A47B-8EA060F09ABE

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, areAA, A, B and C. Those grades represent thetire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C may have poor

traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CGUID-24E5DF40-27FD-4446-A793-787756774B53

The temperature grades A (the highest), B, andC, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sus-tained high temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a level ofperformance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigher levels of performance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

Condition:

Black plate (333,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-F1F885DB-59DB-40E8-ABB0-EAB3E168A070

Your NISSAN is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For USA:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found withother vehicle warranties in your Warranty In-formation Booklet which comes with yourNISSAN. If you did not receive a WarrantyInformation Booklet, or it has become lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

. Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with othervehicle warranties in your Warranty InformationBooklet which comes with your NISSAN. If youdid not receive a Warranty Information Booklet,or it has become lost, you may obtain areplacement by writing to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario,

L4W 4Z5

GUID-11CE756C-1B81-4A4A-A277-F3FE680543BD

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform the National Highway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot be-come involved in individual problems be-tween you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,SW., Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information about motorvehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting ourConsumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at1-800-NISSAN-1.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediatelyinform Transport Canada in addition tonotifying NISSAN.

If Transport Canada receives complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if it findsthat a safety defect exists in a group ofvehicles, it may request that NISSANconduct a recall campaign. However,Transport Canada cannot become involvedin individual problems between you, yourdealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canada’s De-fect Investigations and Recalls Division tollfree at 1-800-333-0510. You may alsoreport safety defects online at: https://wwwapps . tc .gc .ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerning motorvehicle safety may be obtained from Trans-port Canada’s Road Safety InformationCentre at 1-800-333-0371 or online atwww.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speak-ers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere

Technical and consumer information 9-17

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Condition:

Black plate (334,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-18 Technical and consumer information

(French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety concernsplease contact our Consumer InformationCentre toll free at 1-800-387-0122

GUID-5504BD8C-31D4-41C9-B8D7-9AC3DC61F6CA

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using atwo wheel dynamometer (such as thedynamometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-ment. Make sure you inform test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle is equippedwith AWD before it is placed on adynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in transmissiondamage or unexpected vehicle move-ment which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areasor provinces, your vehicle may be required to bein what is called the “ready condition” for anInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emis-sion control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” whenit is driven through certain driving patterns.Usually, the “ready condition” can be obtainedby ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired orthe battery is disconnected, the vehicle may bereset to a “not ready condition”. Before taking

the I/M test, check the vehicle’s inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds andthen blinks for 10 seconds, the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is“ready”.

Contact a NISSAN dealer to set “ready condi-tion” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

Condition:

Black plate (335,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

GUID-5BFB31D7-859E-4BAD-B44E-8F5626C3B174

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR isto record, in certain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’s systems per-formed. The EDR is designed to record datarelated to vehicle dynamics and safety systemsfor a short period of time, typically 30 secondsor less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

. Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver was depressingthe accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in which crashesand injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicleonly if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no dataare recorded by the EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data (e.g. name,gender, age and crash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, could combine the EDR data with the type

of personally identifying data routinely acquiredduring a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to the vehicleor the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties,such as law enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information if they haveaccess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data willonly be accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

GUID-0B026CC9-40EB-40CB-93E0-793F552E62C1

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information for yourvehicle. This manual is the same one used by thefactory trained technicians working at a NISSANdealer. Genuine NISSAN Owner’s Manuals canalso be purchased.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Service Manuals contact:

1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals contact:

1-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior please contact a NISSANdealer. For the phone number and location of aNISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSANInformation Center at 1-800-387-0122 and abilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.

Technical and consumer information 9-19

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

Condition:

Black plate (336,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

9-20 Technical and consumer information

MEMO

Condition:

Black plate (337,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ............................... 5-39Advanced air bag system ............................................ 1-41Air bag system

Advanced air bag system ..................................... 1-41Front passenger air bag and status light .......... 1-43Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system ............................... 1-46Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag system ............................... 1-46

Air bag warning labels .................................................. 1-49Air bag warning light ......................................... 1-49, 2-17Air cleaner housing filter .............................................. 8-16Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ....................................... 4-13Air conditioner service ........................................... 4-20Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-10Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations .......................... 4-20, 9-6In-cabin microfilter .................................................. 4-19

Air conditioner operation .............................................. 4-15Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehiclesecurity system) .............................................................. 2-30Alcohol, drugs and driving ............................................. 5-8All-wheel drive (AWD) .................................................. 5-32Antenna ............................................................................. 4-48Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ............................... 5-39Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light ........ 2-13Appearance care

Exterior appearance care ......................................... 7-2Interior appearance care .......................................... 7-4

Audible reminders .......................................................... 2-19Audio operation precautions ....................................... 4-20Audio setup ....................................................................... 4-5Audio system ................................................................... 4-20

Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-47Autolight system ............................................................. 2-35Automatic

Air conditioner .......................................................... 4-17Door locks .................................................................... 3-6Moonroof ................................................................... 2-47

AUX (Auxiliary) input .......................................... 4-38, 4-42Average fuel consumption ........................................... 2-11Avoiding collision and rollover ...................................... 5-7

B

Back door (See lift gate) ............................................. 3-21Battery ............................................................................... 8-13

Battery replacement, Intelligent Key ................... 8-24Battery replacement, Keyfob ................................ 8-23Battery saver system .............................................. 2-36Variable voltage control system ........................... 8-14

Before starting the engine ........................................... 5-15Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ................... 4-49Booster seats .................................................................. 1-31Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ........................ 5-39Brake and clutch fluid ............................................ 8-11Brake system ............................................................ 5-38Parking brake operation ........................................ 5-28Warning light ............................................................ 2-13

Break-in schedule .......................................................... 5-30Brightness control

Display ON/OFF button ........................................... 4-5Instrument panel ...................................................... 2-37

Bulb check/instrument panel ...................................... 2-13Bulb replacement ........................................................... 8-26

C

Cabin air filter .................................................................. 4-19Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .......... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ................................................ 4-49Cargo cover ..................................................................... 2-44Cargo floor box ............................................................... 2-43Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst ...................... 5-4CD/USB memory care and cleaning ........................ 4-47Check tire pressure warning ......................................... 2-7Child restraints ................................................................ 1-17

Booster seats ........................................................... 1-31LATCH system ......................................................... 1-19Precautions on child restraints ............................ 1-17

Child safety ...................................................................... 1-15Child safety rear door lock ............................................ 3-7Chimes, Audible reminders ......................................... 2-19Circuit breaker, Fusible link ......................................... 8-20Cleaning exterior and interior ............................... 7-2, 7-4Clock ................................................................................. 2-40Clock (models with navigation system) ...................... 4-7Clutch fluid ....................................................................... 8-11Coat hook ........................................................................ 2-43Cockpit ............................................................................... 2-3Cold weather driving ..................................................... 5-42Compact Disc (CD) player (Seeaudio system) ...................................................... 4-34, 4-40Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ........................................................................ 8-11Control panel buttons — color screen withnavigation system ............................................................. 4-2Controls, Steering wheel audio controls .................. 4-47Coolant

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Changing engine coolant ......................................... 8-8

Condition:

Black plate (338,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

10-2

Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-8Corrosion protection ....................................................... 7-6Cover, Cargo cover ....................................................... 2-44Cruise control .................................................................. 5-29Cup holders ..................................................................... 2-42CVT, Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ...................................... 5-11, 5-17

D

Daytime running light system ...................................... 2-37Defroster switch, Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch .................................................. 2-34Dimensions and weights ................................................ 9-8Displaying Climate control ........................................... 4-19Door open warning light ............................................... 2-14Drive belt .......................................................................... 8-15Driving

All-wheel drive (AWD) ........................................... 5-32Cold weather driving .............................................. 5-42Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ................................ 5-11, 5-17Driving with manual transmission ............. 5-11, 5-22Precautions when starting and driving ................. 5-3Safety precautions ..................................................... 5-8

E

Economy, Fuel ................................................................. 5-32Elapsed time ........................................................ 2-11, 2-26Electric power steering system .................................. 5-37Electric power steering warning light ....................... 2-14Emission control information label ............................. 9-10Emission control system warranty .............................. 9-17Engine

Before starting the engine .................................... 5-15Break-in schedule ................................................... 5-30

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Changing engine coolant ......................................... 8-8Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9Checking engine coolant level ................................ 8-8Checking engine oil level ......................................... 8-8Coolant temperature gauge .................................... 2-8Emergency engine shut off .......................... 5-14, 6-2Engine block heater ................................................ 5-43Engine compartment check locations ................... 8-6Engine cooling system .............................................. 8-7Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-8Engine oil and oil filter recommendation .............. 9-5Engine oil viscosity ..................................................... 9-5Engine serial number ................................................. 9-9Engine specifications ................................................ 9-7If your vehicle overheats ........................................ 6-10Starting the engine ................................................. 5-15

Event Data Recorders (EDR) ...................................... 9-19Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ................................... 5-3Extended storage fuse warning .................................... 2-7

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .................... 9-9Filter

Air cleaner housing filter ....................................... 8-16Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) .......... 6-2Flat tire ................................................................................ 6-3Flat towing ....................................................................... 9-15Floor mat cleaning ........................................................... 7-5Fluid

Brake and clutch fluid ............................................ 8-11Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ................................................................. 8-11Engine coolant ............................................................ 8-7Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-8Window washer fluid ............................................. 8-12

FM-AM-SAT radio with Compact Disc(CD) player .......................................................... 4-31, 4-39Fog light switch .............................................................. 2-38Front manual seat adjustment ....................................... 1-3Front passenger air bag and status light ................. 1-43Front seat, Front seat adjustment ................................ 1-3Front-seat active head restraints ................................. 1-8Fuel

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Distance to empty ................................................... 2-10Fuel economy ........................................................... 5-32Fuel octane rating ...................................................... 9-3Fuel recommendation ................................................ 9-3Fuel-filler cap ............................................................ 3-21Fuel-filler door .......................................................... 3-21Gauge ........................................................................... 2-9

Fuel Efficient Driving Tips ............................................ 5-31Fuses ................................................................................. 8-19Fusible links ..................................................................... 8-20

G

Gas cap ............................................................................ 3-21Gauge ................................................................................. 2-5

Engine coolant temperature gauge ....................... 2-8Fuel gauge ................................................................... 2-9Odometer ..................................................................... 2-6Speedometer ............................................................... 2-6Tachometer .................................................................. 2-8Trip computer ........................................................... 2-10

General maintenance ...................................................... 8-2

Condition:

Black plate (339,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Glove box ......................................................................... 2-43

H

Hands-Free Phone System, Bluetooth® .................. 4-49Hazard warning flasher switch ...................................... 6-2Head restraints ................................................................. 1-4Headlights

Bulb replacement .................................................... 8-27Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-35

Heated seats ................................................................... 2-39Heater

Engine block heater ................................................ 5-43Heater and air conditioner operation ................. 4-13

Hood release ................................................................... 3-20Horn ................................................................................... 2-38How to use the back button ......................................... 4-5How to use the setup button ........................................ 4-5

I

Ignition switch(with Intelligent Key system) ................................ 5-12(without Intelligent Key system) .......................... 5-10Key positions ............................................................ 5-12

Immobilizer system ......................................................... 2-30In-cabin microfilter ......................................................... 4-19Indicator lights ................................................................. 2-17Inside mirror ..................................................................... 3-25Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test ............................. 9-18Instrument brightness control ..................................... 2-37Instrument panel ............................................................... 2-4Integrated control system ................................ 2-21, 5-24Intelligent Key system ................................................... 3-11

Intelligent Key system warning light ................... 2-14Key operating range ............................................... 3-13Key operation ........................................................... 3-14

P position selecting warning light ....................... 2-16Remote keyless operation ..................................... 3-17

Interior light replacement .............................................. 8-28Interior lights .................................................................... 2-49iPod® connecting ........................................................... 4-36iPod® player operation .................................................. 4-44ISOFIX child restraint .................................................... 1-19

J

Jump starting ..................................................................... 6-8

K

Keyless entry(See remote keyless entry system) ....................... 3-7With Intelligent Key system (See IntelligentKey system) .............................................................. 3-17

Keys ..................................................................................... 3-2For Intelligent Key system ..................................... 3-11

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels ........................................... 1-49Air conditioner specification label ....................... 9-10Emission control information label ...................... 9-10Engine serial number ................................................. 9-9F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .............. 9-9Tire and Loading information label .......... 8-31, 9-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) ....................... 9-8

LATCH system ................................................................ 1-19License plate, Installing front license plate ............. 9-11Lift gate ............................................................................. 3-21Light

Air bag warning light .............................................. 1-49Bulb replacement .................................................... 8-26

Fog light switch ....................................................... 2-38Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-35Headlights bulb replacement ............................... 8-27Indicator lights .......................................................... 2-17Interior lights ............................................................. 2-49Map lights ................................................................. 2-49Replacement ............................................................. 8-26Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders .................................................... 2-13

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement ........ 8-28Loading information (See vehicleloading information) ....................................................... 9-12Lock

Automatic door locks ................................................ 3-6Door locks .................................................................... 3-4Lift gate lock ............................................................. 3-21Power door lock ......................................................... 3-4

Loose fuel cap warning ....................................... 2-7, 3-23Low fuel warning light ................................................... 2-15Low tire pressure warning light .................................. 2-15Low tire pressure warning system(See tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)) ....... 5-4

M

MaintenanceBattery ........................................................................ 8-13General maintenance ................................................ 8-2Inside the vehicle ....................................................... 8-3Maintenance precautions ......................................... 8-5Maintenance requirements ....................................... 8-2Outside the vehicle .................................................... 8-2Seat belt maintenance ........................................... 1-14

Malfunction indicator light (MIL) ................................. 2-18Manual air conditioner ................................................... 4-13Manual front seat adjustment ........................................ 1-3Map lights ........................................................................ 2-49

10-3

Condition:

Black plate (340,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

10-4

Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .................... 3-4Meter

Trip computer ........................................................... 2-10Meters and gauges .......................................................... 2-5

Instrument brightness control .............................. 2-37Mirror

Inside mirror .............................................................. 3-25Outside mirrors ........................................................ 3-25Vanity mirror .............................................................. 3-27

Monitor, Rearview monitor ............................................. 4-8Moonroof .......................................................................... 2-47

N

Navigation setup ............................................................... 4-6New vehicle break-in ..................................................... 5-30NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ........................ 2-30

O

Odometer ........................................................................... 2-6Off-road recovery ............................................................. 5-7Oil

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants .................................. 9-2Changing engine oil and filter ................................. 8-9Checking engine oil level ......................................... 8-8Engine oil ...................................................................... 8-8Engine oil viscosity ..................................................... 9-5

Outside air temperature display ................................. 2-10Outside mirrors ............................................................... 3-25Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ........................... 6-10Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information ............................................................ 9-19

P

Panic alarm ............................................................. 3-9, 3-18Parking

Brake break-in .......................................................... 5-38Parking brake operation ........................................ 5-28Parking on hills ........................................................ 5-36

PhoneBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ............ 4-49Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-49

PowerElectric power steering system ........................... 5-37Power door lock ......................................................... 3-4Power outlet ............................................................. 2-41Power windows ....................................................... 2-45

PrecautionsAudio operation ....................................................... 4-20Braking precautions ................................................ 5-38Child restraints ......................................................... 1-17Cruise control ........................................................... 5-29Driving safety ............................................................... 5-8Maintenance ................................................................ 8-5Seat belt usage .......................................................... 1-9Supplemental restraint system ............................. 1-35When starting and driving ....................................... 5-3

Push starting ................................................................... 6-10Push-button ignition switch ............................. 5-12, 5-13

R

Radio ................................................................................. 4-20Car phone or CB radio ......................................... 4-49Radio operation ....................................................... 4-32Steering wheel audio controls ............................. 4-47

Rapid air pressure loss ................................................... 5-7Readiness for inspection/maintenance(I/M) test ........................................................................... 9-18

Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock .............. 3-7Rear seats .......................................................................... 1-4Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch .............................................................. 2-34Rear window wiper and washer switch ................... 2-33Rearview monitor .............................................................. 4-8Recorders, Event data .................................................. 9-19Registering your vehicle in another country .............. 9-8Remote keyless entry function, For IntelligentKey system ....................................................................... 3-17Remote keyless entry system ........................................ 3-7Reporting safety defects .............................................. 9-17Rollover ............................................................................... 5-7Roof, Moonroof ............................................................... 2-48

S

SafetyChild seat belts ....................................................... 1-15Reporting safety defects ....................................... 9-17

Satellite radio operation ............................................... 4-39Seat adjustment

Front manual seat adjustment ................................. 1-3Front seats ................................................................... 1-3

Seat belt(s)Child safety ............................................................... 1-15Infants ......................................................................... 1-16Injured persons ........................................................ 1-11Larger children ......................................................... 1-16Precautions on seat belt usage .............................. 1-9Pregnant women ..................................................... 1-11Seat belt cleaning ...................................................... 7-6Seat belt extenders ................................................. 1-14Seat belt hooks ....................................................... 1-14Seat belt maintenance ........................................... 1-14Seat belt warning light ........................................... 2-16Seat belts ..................................................................... 1-9

Condition:

Black plate (341,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

Seat belts with pretensioners .............................. 1-47Shoulder belt height adjustment ......................... 1-13Small children ........................................................... 1-16Three-point type ...................................................... 1-11

Seat(s)Heated seats ............................................................ 2-39Seats ............................................................................. 1-2

Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start .................................................... 2-30Security system, Vehicle security system ................ 2-29Selector lever

Shift lock release ..................................................... 5-21Servicing air conditioner ............................................... 4-20Setting climate eco ........................................................ 4-19Shift lock release

Transmission ............................................................. 5-21Shifting

CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ................................ 5-11, 5-17Manual transmission .................................... 5-11, 5-22

Shoulder belt height adjustment, Forfront seats ........................................................................ 1-13SOURCE select switch ................................................ 4-47Spare tire ................................................................. 8-39, 9-7Spark plugs ..................................................................... 8-15Speedometer ..................................................................... 2-6Starting

Before starting the engine .................................... 5-15Jump starting ............................................................... 6-8Precautions when starting and driving ................. 5-3Push starting ............................................................ 6-10Starting the engine ................................................. 5-15

Status light, Front passenger air bag ....................... 1-43Steering

Electric power steering system ........................... 5-37Steering wheel switch for audio controls ......... 4-47Tilting steering column ........................................... 3-24

Storage ............................................................................. 2-42Sun visors ........................................................................ 3-24Supplemental air bag warning labels ........................ 1-49Supplemental air bag warning light ............... 1-49, 2-17Supplemental restraint system .................................... 1-35

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system ........................................................ 1-35

SwitchAudio control steering wheel switch .................. 4-47Autolight switch ....................................................... 2-35Fog light switch ....................................................... 2-38Hazard warning flasher switch ................................ 6-2Headlight switch ...................................................... 2-35Power door lock switch ............................................ 3-6Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ....................................................... 2-34Turn signal switch ................................................... 2-38Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-39

System setup .................................................................... 4-6

T

Tachometer ........................................................................ 2-8Temperature display ....................................................... 2-10Temperature gauge, Engine coolanttemperature gauge ........................................................... 2-8Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start ...................................................................... 2-30Three-way catalyst ........................................................... 5-4Tilt steering column ....................................................... 3-24Tire pressure, Low tire pressure warning light ....... 2-15Tires

Flat tire .......................................................................... 6-3Low tire pressure warning system ......................... 5-4Tire and Loading information label .......... 8-31, 9-10Tire chains ................................................................. 8-35Tire dressing ................................................................ 7-4

Tire pressure ............................................................ 8-30Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) .................................................. 5-4, 6-3Tire rotation ............................................................... 8-36Types of tires ............................................................ 8-35Uniform tire quality grading .................................. 9-16Wheel/tire size ............................................................ 9-7Wheels and tires ..................................................... 8-30

Tonneau cover (see cargo cover) .............................. 2-44Touch screen ..................................................................... 4-3Towing

Flat towing ................................................................ 9-15Tow truck towing ..................................................... 6-12Towing a trailer ........................................................ 9-15

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system .................... 5-4TPMS, Tire pressure warning system ......................... 6-3Traffic info setup ............................................................... 4-8Trailer towing ................................................................... 9-15Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid ................................................................. 8-11Driving with CVT (ContinuouslyVariable Transmission) ................................ 5-11, 5-17Driving with manual transmission ............. 5-11, 5-22Transmission selector lever lock release ........... 5-21

Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ....... 3-7Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) ........................................ 3-17Traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ................................................................. 9-8Trip computer .................................................................. 2-10Turn signal switch .......................................................... 2-38

U

Underbody cleaning ........................................................ 7-3Uniform tire quality grading ......................................... 9-16

10-5

Condition:

Black plate (342,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

10-6

USB memory operation ................................................ 4-43

V

Vanity mirror ..................................................................... 3-27Variable voltage control system .................................. 8-14Vehicle

Dimensions and weights .......................................... 9-8Identification number (VIN) ...................................... 9-8Information display ..................................................... 2-9Loading information ................................................ 9-12Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ..................... 6-14Security system ....................................................... 2-29Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch ........ 2-39Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system ............. 5-40

Ventilators ......................................................................... 4-12Voice command (Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System) ............................................................... 4-55

W

WarningHazard warning flasher switch ................................ 6-2Lights .......................................................................... 2-13Tire pressure monitoringsystem (TPMS) .................................................. 5-4, 6-3Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders .................................................... 2-12

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels .................... 1-49Warning light

Air bag warning light ................................... 1-49, 2-17Anti-lock braking system (ABS)warning light ............................................................. 2-13AWD warning light ................................................. 5-34Brake warning light ................................................. 2-13Door open warning light ........................................ 2-14Electric power steering warning light ................ 2-14

Intelligent Key system warning light ................... 2-14Low fuel warning light ............................................ 2-15Low tire pressure warning light ........................... 2-15Seat belt warning light ........................................... 2-16

Warranty, Emission control system warranty .......... 9-17Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-33Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-32

Washing .............................................................................. 7-2Waxing ................................................................................ 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) .................... 9-8Wheel/tire size .................................................................. 9-7Wheels and tires ............................................................ 8-30

Care of wheels ........................................................... 7-3Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ............................ 7-3

Window washer fluid .................................................... 8-12Window(s)

Cleaning ....................................................................... 7-3Power windows ....................................................... 2-45

Windshield wiper and washer switch ....................... 2-32Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-33Rear window wiper blade ..................................... 8-18Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-32Wiper blades ............................................................ 8-17

X

XM setup ............................................................................ 4-6

Condition:

Black plate (343,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

MEMO

10-7

Condition:

Black plate (345,1)

[ Edit: 2012/ 6/ 29 Model: F15-D ]

11 Gas station information

GUID-65089696-9315-4E34-8D54-D9EB5966EB4C

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:GUID-2C01D4FF-9843-4D63-B45E-70CFE4EEB783

NISSAN recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating of atleast 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Re-search octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,you may use unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91), but you maynotice a decrease in performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that speci-fied could adversely affect the emis-sion control systems, and may alsoaffect warranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, since thiswill damage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle notspecifically designed for E-15 or E-85 fuel can adversely affect theemission control devices and sys-

tems of the vehicle. Damage causedby such fuel is not covered by theNISSAN new vehicle limited war-ranty.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to beidentified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate per-centage for that region.

For additional information, see “Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants” (P.9-2).

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:GUID-F5A9AF76-18BF-48BC-877D-8F48F0AA5F27

. Engine oil with API Certification Mark

. Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-cants” (P.9-2) for engine oil and oil filterrecommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:GUID-02F03445-CAD7-4CC4-A25E-15D4C27C5795

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver’s door. Foradditional information, see “Wheels and tires”(P.8-30).

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:

GUID-789DA7F2-EE9F-4F43-9759-8D43B060D131

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendations out-lined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-30) of thisOwner’s Manual. Follow these recommenda-tions for the future reliability and economy ofyour new vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Condition: